| blob | 920ea3015ddbb0e81094e5b3a0c26631f839506e |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
608 and many other features.
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
702 Topic Encryption
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
751 Extending Allout
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
767 Terminology
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
794 Topic text constituents:
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
905 The graphics include:
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "internal-ange-ftp-mode" "ftp-error")))
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 variables, not just user options.
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1108 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1109 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1110 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1111 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1112 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1115 noninteractive functions.
1117 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1118 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1120 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1121 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1126 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1131 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1132 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1133 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1135 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1136 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1137 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1138 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1141 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1143 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1148 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1149 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1150 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1151 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1156 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1157 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1158 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1159 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1160 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1163 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1164 names and values of properties.
1166 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1171 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1172 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1173 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1174 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1175 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1177 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1179 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1180 documentation strings.
1182 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1188 ;;;***
1189 \f
1190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1191 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1194 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1195 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1196 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1197 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1198 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1200 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1201 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1202 archive.
1208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1210 ;;;***
1211 \f
1212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1213 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1216 Major mode for editing arrays.
1218 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1219 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1220 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1222 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1224 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1225 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1226 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1228 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1229 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1230 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1231 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1232 The variables are:
1234 Variables you assign:
1235 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1236 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1237 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1238 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1239 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1240 row numbers in the buffer.
1242 Variables which are calculated:
1243 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1244 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1246 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1247 take a numeric prefix argument):
1265 between that of point and mark.
1273 newlines inside rows)
1277 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "untabify-backward" "move-to-column-untabify" "current-line" "xor" "limit-index")))
1283 ;;;***
1284 \f
1285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1290 Toggle Artist mode.
1291 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1292 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1293 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1295 How to quit Artist mode
1300 How to submit a bug report
1305 Drawing with the mouse:
1307 mouse-2
1308 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1309 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1310 below).
1312 mouse-1
1313 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1314 or pastes:
1316 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1317 --------------------------------------------------------------
1318 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1319 to new point
1320 --------------------------------------------------------------
1321 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1322 --------------------------------------------------------------
1323 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1324 --------------------------------------------------------------
1325 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1326 --------------------------------------------------------------
1327 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1328 --------------------------------------------------------------
1329 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1330 --------------------------------------------------------------
1331 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1332 --------------------------------------------------------------
1333 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1334 --------------------------------------------------------------
1335 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1336 lines
1337 --------------------------------------------------------------
1338 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1339 --------------------------------------------------------------
1340 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1341 --------------------------------------------------------------
1342 Paste Paste Paste
1343 --------------------------------------------------------------
1344 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1345 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1348 or diagonally.
1350 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1351 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1352 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1353 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1354 poly-lines.
1356 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1357 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1358 overwrite means the opposite.
1360 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1361 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1362 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1364 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1366 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1369 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1370 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1371 are currently drawing something.
1373 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1374 some time to fill.
1377 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1378 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1381 Settings
1383 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1385 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1387 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1389 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1391 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1392 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1394 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1397 Drawing with keys
1400 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1402 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1403 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1404 When pasting: Pastes
1408 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1418 Arrows
1421 of the line/poly-line
1424 of the line/poly-line
1427 Selecting operation
1429 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1453 Variables
1455 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1458 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1459 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1460 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1461 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1462 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1463 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1464 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1465 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1466 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1467 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1468 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1469 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1470 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1471 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1472 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1473 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1474 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1478 Hooks
1480 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1483 Keymap summary
1489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1491 ;;;***
1492 \f
1493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1497 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1498 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1505 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1508 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1509 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1511 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1513 Special commands:
1518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1520 ;;;***
1521 \f
1522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1523 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1526 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1527 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source")))
1534 ;;;***
1535 \f
1536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1537 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1541 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1547 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1553 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1554 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1555 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1557 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1559 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1561 For example:
1563 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1573 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1574 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1575 for a description of this minor mode.
1576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1583 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1589 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1590 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1598 ;;;***
1599 \f
1600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1604 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1610 ;;;***
1611 \f
1612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1616 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1617 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1622 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1623 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1624 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1629 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1630 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1631 for a description of this minor mode.
1632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1639 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1642 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1644 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1645 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1651 ;;;***
1652 \f
1653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1654 ;;;;;; 0))
1655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1664 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1665 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1667 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1668 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1669 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1670 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1671 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1673 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1678 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1679 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1680 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1681 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1683 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1684 directory or directories specified.
1686 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1687 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1688 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1689 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1690 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1691 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1696 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1697 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1698 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1699 should be non-nil).
1703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "no-update-autoloads" "make-autoload")))
1705 ;;;***
1706 \f
1707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1708 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1711 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1713 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1714 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1716 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1717 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1718 disk changes.
1720 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1721 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1722 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1727 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1729 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1735 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1736 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1737 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1738 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1740 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1741 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1742 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1743 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1744 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1746 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1747 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1748 writing before you save the file!
1750 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1755 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1757 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1763 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1764 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1765 for a description of this minor mode.
1766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1773 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1775 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1776 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1778 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1779 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1780 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1782 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1783 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1784 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1785 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1786 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1788 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1789 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1790 specifies in the mode line.
1794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1796 ;;;***
1797 \f
1798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1799 ;;;;;; 0))
1800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1804 ;;;***
1805 \f
1806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1810 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1811 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1818 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1819 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1820 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1822 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1823 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1824 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1826 Effects of the different modes:
1827 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1828 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1829 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1830 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1831 a random distance & direction.
1832 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1833 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1834 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1837 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1842 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1844 ;;;***
1845 \f
1846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1852 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1854 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1855 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1856 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1864 ;;;***
1865 \f
1866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1867 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1871 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1872 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1873 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1878 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1879 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1880 for a description of this minor mode.
1881 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1882 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1888 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1889 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1890 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1891 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1893 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1894 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1895 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1896 seconds.
1900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1902 ;;;***
1903 \f
1904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1905 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1909 Time execution of FORMS.
1910 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1911 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1912 FORMS once.
1913 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1914 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1915 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1922 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1923 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1924 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1925 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1932 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1933 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1934 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1935 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1941 ;;;***
1942 \f
1943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1944 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-bib" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1948 ;;;***
1949 \f
1950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1954 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1955 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1956 of corresponding buffers.
1957 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1958 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1959 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1960 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1961 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1963 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1964 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1965 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1970 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1972 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1974 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1976 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1979 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1980 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1981 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1982 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1986 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1989 Special information:
1993 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1994 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1995 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2000 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2006 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2007 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2008 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2009 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2010 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2011 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2012 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2014 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2016 ----------------------------------------------------------
2017 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2018 if that value is non-nil.
2025 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2026 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2027 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2028 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2029 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2030 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2031 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2032 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2033 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2034 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2035 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2041 ;;;***
2042 \f
2043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2044 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2045 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2048 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2054 ;;;***
2055 \f
2056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2061 ;;;***
2062 \f
2063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2066 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2070 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2071 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2076 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2081 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2087 ;;;***
2088 \f
2089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2090 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2093 Play blackbox.
2094 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2096 What is blackbox?
2098 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2099 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2100 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2101 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2102 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2103 your score.
2105 Overview of play:
2108 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2109 four.
2111 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2112 movement keys.
2114 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2115 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2117 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2120 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2122 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2123 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2124 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2125 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2127 Details:
2129 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2131 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2132 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2133 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2134 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2136 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2137 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2138 denoted by the letter `R'.
2140 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2141 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2142 denoted by the letter `H'.
2144 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2145 example.
2147 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2148 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2149 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2150 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2152 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2153 ray.
2155 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2156 degree deflection it causes.
2158 1
2159 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2160 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2161 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2162 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2163 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2164 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2165 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2166 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2167 2 3
2169 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2170 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2173 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2174 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2175 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2176 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2177 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2178 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2179 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2180 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2182 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2183 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2184 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2185 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2186 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2187 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2188 emerging from the box.
2190 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2192 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2193 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2194 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2195 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2196 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2197 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2198 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2199 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2201 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2202 a reflection.
2206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("blackbox-" "bb-")))
2208 ;;;***
2209 \f
2210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2211 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2217 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2218 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2219 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2220 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2221 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2226 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2227 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2229 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2230 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2231 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2232 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2233 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2234 recent one.
2236 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2237 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2238 yank successive words.
2240 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2241 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2242 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2243 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2244 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2247 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2248 the list of bookmarks.)
2253 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2254 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2256 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2257 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2258 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2259 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2260 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2261 ever deletes the most recent one.
2263 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2264 is nil, raise an error.
2266 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2267 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2268 yank successive words.
2270 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2271 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2272 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2273 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2274 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2277 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2278 the list of bookmarks.)
2283 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2284 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2285 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2286 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2287 this.
2289 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2290 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2291 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2292 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2294 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2295 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2297 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2298 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2299 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2304 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2309 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2311 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2312 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2313 after a bookmark was set in it.
2318 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2320 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2321 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2328 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2329 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2330 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2332 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2333 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2334 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2336 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2337 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2338 name.
2343 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2344 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2346 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2347 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2348 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2349 this.
2354 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2356 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2357 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2359 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2360 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2361 probably because we were called from there.
2366 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2373 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2374 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2375 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2376 \(second argument).
2378 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2379 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2380 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2381 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2382 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2384 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2386 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2387 `bookmark-default-file'.
2392 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2393 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2394 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2395 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2396 while loading.
2398 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2399 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2400 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2401 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2402 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2403 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2405 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2406 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2412 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2413 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2414 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2415 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2424 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2428 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2430 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2434 ;;;***
2435 \f
2436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2437 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2439 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2440 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2441 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2442 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2444 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2445 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2446 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2447 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2450 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2454 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2455 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2456 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2457 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2459 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2463 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2464 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2465 narrowed.
2467 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2470 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2472 \(fn)" t nil)
2474 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2475 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2477 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2479 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2481 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2482 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2483 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2484 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2485 first, if that exists.
2487 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2488 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2489 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2490 ignore it).
2491 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2492 as ARGS.
2494 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2498 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2499 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2500 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2504 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2505 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2506 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2507 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2508 says which browser to use.
2510 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2514 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2515 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2517 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2522 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2524 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2525 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2526 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2527 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2529 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2530 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2531 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2538 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2540 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2541 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2542 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2543 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2545 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2546 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2547 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2548 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2550 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2551 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2552 new tab in an existing window instead.
2554 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2555 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2561 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2562 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2564 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2565 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2566 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2568 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2569 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2570 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2572 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2573 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2577 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2578 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2579 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2580 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2581 Chromium.
2582 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2584 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2586 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2587 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2588 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2589 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2591 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2592 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2593 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2594 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2597 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2598 new tab in an existing window instead.
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2614 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2615 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2619 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2620 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2622 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2623 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2625 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2627 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2629 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2630 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2632 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2633 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2634 program is invoked according to the variable
2635 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2637 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2638 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2639 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2640 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2642 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2643 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2647 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2649 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2650 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2651 Default to the URL around or before point.
2653 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2654 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2655 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2657 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2658 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2659 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2660 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2662 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2663 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2665 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2667 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2669 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2670 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2671 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2672 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2674 When called interactively, if variable
2675 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2676 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2677 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2678 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2680 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2681 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2682 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2684 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2685 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2687 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2689 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2690 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2691 Default to the URL around or before point.
2693 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2694 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2695 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2697 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2698 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2700 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2702 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2703 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2704 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2705 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2707 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2709 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2711 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2712 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2713 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2714 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2715 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2716 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2717 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2719 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2721 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2722 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2723 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2724 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2725 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2727 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2728 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2729 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2730 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2732 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2733 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2735 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2737 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2738 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2739 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2740 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2741 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2742 current one.
2744 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2745 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2746 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2747 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2749 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2750 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2752 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2754 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2755 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2756 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2757 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2758 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2759 don't offer a form of remote control.
2761 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2763 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2764 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2765 Default to the URL around or before point.
2766 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2768 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2770 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2771 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2772 Default to the URL around the point.
2774 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2775 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2777 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2778 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2780 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2784 ;;;***
2785 \f
2786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2787 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2788 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2790 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2791 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2792 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2793 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2795 \(fn)" t nil)
2797 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2798 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2799 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2800 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2802 \(fn)" t nil)
2804 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2805 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2807 \(fn)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2810 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2812 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2813 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2814 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2819 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2820 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2821 name of buffer configuration.
2823 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2827 ;;;***
2828 \f
2829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2832 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2833 Play Bubbles game.
2835 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2837 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2838 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2839 columns on its right towards the left.
2846 \(fn)" t nil)
2848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2850 ;;;***
2851 \f
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2853 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2856 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2858 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2859 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2860 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2861 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2862 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2866 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2867 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2873 ;;;***
2874 \f
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2876 ;;;;;; 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2881 ;;;***
2882 \f
2883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2884 ;;;;;; 0))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2886 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2887 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2888 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2890 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2892 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2893 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2894 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2895 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2896 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2897 else the global value will be modified.
2899 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2901 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2902 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2903 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2904 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2905 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2906 else the global value will be modified.
2908 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2910 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2911 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2912 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2914 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2916 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2917 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2918 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2919 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2921 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2922 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2923 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2924 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2925 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2926 before scanning it.
2928 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2929 that already has a `.elc' file.
2931 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2932 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2934 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2935 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2936 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2937 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2938 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2939 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2941 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2943 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2944 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2945 Print the result in the echo area.
2946 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2950 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2951 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2952 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2954 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2956 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2957 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2958 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2959 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2960 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2961 all functions called by those functions.
2963 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2964 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2965 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2967 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2968 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2969 invoked interactively.
2971 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2973 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2974 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2975 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2976 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2978 \(fn)" nil nil)
2980 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2981 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2982 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2983 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2984 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2986 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2987 already up-to-date.
2989 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2991 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2992 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2993 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2994 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2996 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2997 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2998 and corresponding effects.
3000 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "no-byte-compile" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp")))
3004 ;;;***
3005 \f
3006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3007 ;;;;;; 0))
3008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("diary-bahai-" "calendar-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3012 ;;;***
3013 \f
3014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3015 ;;;;;; 0))
3016 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3018 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("diary-chinese-" "calendar-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3022 ;;;***
3023 \f
3024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3025 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3026 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("diary-" "calendar-")))
3030 ;;;***
3031 \f
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3033 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3035 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3037 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3039 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("dst-" "calendar-")))
3043 ;;;***
3044 \f
3045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3046 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("diary-french-date" "calendar-french-")))
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3054 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3057 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3058 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3059 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3060 from the cursor position.
3062 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("diary-hebrew-" "calendar-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3066 ;;;***
3067 \f
3068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3073 ;;;***
3074 \f
3075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3076 ;;;;;; 0))
3077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("diary-islamic-" "calendar-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3081 ;;;***
3082 \f
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("diary-iso-date" "calendar-iso-")))
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3091 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("diary-" "calendar-" "holiday-julian")))
3096 ;;;***
3097 \f
3098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3099 ;;;;;; 0))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("diary-mayan-date" "calendar-mayan-")))
3104 ;;;***
3105 \f
3106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3111 ;;;***
3112 \f
3113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3114 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3118 ;;;***
3119 \f
3120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3121 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("diary-persian-date" "calendar-persian-")))
3126 ;;;***
3127 \f
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3133 ;;;***
3134 \f
3135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3140 ;;;***
3141 \f
3142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3144 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3146 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3151 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3154 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3156 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3157 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3159 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3161 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3162 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3163 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3164 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3166 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3168 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3169 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3170 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3171 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3173 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3175 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3177 This is most useful in the X window system.
3179 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3181 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3183 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3185 See calc-keypad for details.
3187 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3189 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3190 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3192 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3194 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3195 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3197 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3199 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3200 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3202 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3204 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3205 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3208 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3210 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3211 Define Calc function.
3213 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3214 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3215 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3217 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3218 actual Lisp function name.
3220 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3222 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3224 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("math-" "calc" "var-" "inexact-result" "defcalcmodevar")))
3228 ;;;***
3229 \f
3230 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3231 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3232 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3234 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("math-" "calc")))
3236 ;;;***
3237 \f
3238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc")))
3243 ;;;***
3244 \f
3245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3246 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("math-" "calc")))
3250 ;;;***
3251 \f
3252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3253 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc")))
3257 ;;;***
3258 \f
3259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("math-" "calc")))
3264 ;;;***
3265 \f
3266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3267 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3271 ;;;***
3272 \f
3273 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3274 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3279 ;;;***
3280 \f
3281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3286 ;;;***
3287 \f
3288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3293 ;;;***
3294 \f
3295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calc" "var-TimeZone")))
3300 ;;;***
3301 \f
3302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3303 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3307 ;;;***
3308 \f
3309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3314 ;;;***
3315 \f
3316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3321 ;;;***
3322 \f
3323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3328 ;;;***
3329 \f
3330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3331 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3335 ;;;***
3336 \f
3337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3338 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3342 ;;;***
3343 \f
3344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("math-" "calc-")))
3349 ;;;***
3350 \f
3351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3352 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3356 ;;;***
3357 \f
3358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3359 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("math-" "calc")))
3363 ;;;***
3364 \f
3365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3366 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3370 ;;;***
3371 \f
3372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3377 ;;;***
3378 \f
3379 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3380 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3385 ;;;***
3386 \f
3387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3392 ;;;***
3393 \f
3394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3406 ;;;***
3407 \f
3408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3409 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3413 ;;;***
3414 \f
3415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("math-" "calc" "var-q")))
3420 ;;;***
3421 \f
3422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3423 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calc")))
3427 ;;;***
3428 \f
3429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3434 ;;;***
3435 \f
3436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3437 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3441 ;;;***
3442 \f
3443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("math-" "calc")))
3448 ;;;***
3449 \f
3450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3451 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3455 ;;;***
3456 \f
3457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3458 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("math-" "calc")))
3462 ;;;***
3463 \f
3464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3469 ;;;***
3470 \f
3471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3472 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3474 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3477 \(fn N)" t nil)
3479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3481 ;;;***
3482 \f
3483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3484 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3488 ;;;***
3489 \f
3490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3491 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("math-" "calc")))
3495 ;;;***
3496 \f
3497 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3498 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3503 ;;;***
3504 \f
3505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3510 ;;;***
3511 \f
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calc")))
3517 ;;;***
3518 \f
3519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-c")))
3524 ;;;***
3525 \f
3526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3531 ;;;***
3532 \f
3533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3536 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3537 Run the Emacs calculator.
3538 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3540 \(fn)" t nil)
3542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3549 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3550 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3551 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3552 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3553 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3554 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3556 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3557 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3558 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3559 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3560 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3561 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3562 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3564 window.
3566 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3567 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3569 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3570 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3571 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3572 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3573 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3574 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3576 Runs the following hooks:
3578 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3579 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3580 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3581 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3583 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "diary-" "holiday-buffer")))
3589 ;;;***
3590 \f
3591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3594 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3595 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3597 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3599 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3600 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3601 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3602 it fails.
3604 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3608 ;;;***
3609 \f
3610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3615 ;;;***
3616 \f
3617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-")))
3622 ;;;***
3623 \f
3624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3625 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3630 ;;;***
3631 \f
3632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3637 ;;;***
3638 \f
3639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "c-")))
3644 ;;;***
3645 \f
3646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3647 ;;;;;; 0))
3648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3650 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3651 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3653 \(fn)" nil nil)
3655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3657 ;;;***
3658 \f
3659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "java" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "pike-font-lock-keywords" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "objc-font-lock-keywords")))
3664 ;;;***
3665 \f
3666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3669 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3670 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3672 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3673 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3675 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3676 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3678 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3680 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3681 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3682 made from scratch.
3684 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3686 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3687 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3689 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3690 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3691 made from scratch.
3693 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3695 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3696 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3698 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3700 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3701 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3702 made from scratch.
3704 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3706 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3707 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3709 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3710 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3711 made from scratch.
3713 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3715 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3716 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3718 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3720 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3721 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3722 made from scratch.
3724 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3726 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3727 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3729 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3730 variables are guessed:
3732 * `c-basic-offset', and
3733 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3734 `c-offsets-alist'.
3736 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3737 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3739 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3740 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3742 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3743 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3744 guess is made from scratch.
3746 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3747 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3749 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3751 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3752 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3753 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3754 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3756 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3757 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3758 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3760 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3764 ;;;***
3765 \f
3766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3771 ;;;***
3772 \f
3773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3778 ;;;***
3779 \f
3780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3783 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3784 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3785 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3786 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3787 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3788 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3791 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3802 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3803 Major mode for editing C code.
3806 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3807 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3808 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3812 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3813 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3815 Key bindings:
3818 \(fn)" t nil)
3820 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3821 Analyse buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3823 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3824 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3825 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3826 should be used.
3828 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3829 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3830 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3832 \(fn)" nil nil)
3834 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3835 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3837 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3838 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3839 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3840 message.
3844 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3845 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3847 Key bindings:
3850 \(fn)" t nil)
3853 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3854 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3856 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3857 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3858 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3859 message.
3863 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3864 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3866 Key bindings:
3869 \(fn)" t nil)
3872 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3873 Major mode for editing Java code.
3875 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3876 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3877 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3878 message.
3882 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3883 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3885 Key bindings:
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3891 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3892 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3894 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3895 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3896 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3897 message.
3901 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3902 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3904 Key bindings:
3907 \(fn)" t nil)
3909 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3911 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3912 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3914 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3915 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3916 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3917 message.
3921 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3922 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3924 Key bindings:
3927 \(fn)" t nil)
3929 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3930 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3931 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3932 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3934 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3935 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3937 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3938 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3939 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3943 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3944 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3946 Key bindings:
3949 \(fn)" t nil)
3951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c++-mode-" "c-" "awk-mode-map" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-")))
3953 ;;;***
3954 \f
3955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3956 ;;;;;; 0))
3957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3959 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3960 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3961 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3962 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3964 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3967 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3968 might get set too.
3970 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3971 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3972 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3973 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3974 in this way.
3976 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3977 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3978 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3979 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3980 a null operation.
3982 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3984 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3985 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3986 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3987 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3989 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3991 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3992 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3993 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3995 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3997 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3998 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3999 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4000 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4001 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4003 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4007 ;;;***
4008 \f
4009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4011 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4012 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4013 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c++-" "c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4017 ;;;***
4018 \f
4019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4020 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4022 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4023 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4025 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4027 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4028 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4030 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4032 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4033 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4035 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4036 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4037 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4038 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4039 execution.
4041 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4043 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4045 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4046 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4048 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4049 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4050 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4051 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4053 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4054 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4055 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4056 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4057 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4058 `write' commands.
4060 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4061 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4062 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4063 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4065 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4066 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4067 semantics.
4069 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4071 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4073 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4075 STATEMENT :=
4076 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4077 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4079 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4080 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4081 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4082 | integer
4084 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4086 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4087 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4088 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4090 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4091 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4092 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4094 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4096 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4097 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4098 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4099 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4100 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4101 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4102 ;; last STATEMENT.
4103 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4105 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4106 BREAK := (break)
4108 REPEAT :=
4109 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4110 (repeat)
4111 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4112 ;; (repeat))
4113 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4114 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4115 ;; (read REG)
4116 ;; (repeat))
4117 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4118 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4119 ;; (read REG)
4120 ;; (repeat))
4121 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4123 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4124 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4125 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4126 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4127 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4128 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4129 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4130 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4131 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4132 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4133 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4134 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4135 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4136 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4137 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4138 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4140 WRITE :=
4141 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4142 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4143 ;; representation.
4144 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4145 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4146 ;; (write r7))
4147 | (write EXPRESSION)
4148 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4149 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4150 ;; representation.
4151 | (write integer)
4152 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4153 ;; buffer.
4154 | (write string)
4155 ;; Same as: (write string)
4156 | string
4157 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4158 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4159 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4160 ;; representation.
4161 | (write REG ARRAY)
4162 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4163 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4164 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4165 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4166 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4167 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4169 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4170 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4172 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4173 END := (end)
4175 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4176 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4177 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4179 ARG := REG | integer
4181 OPERATOR :=
4182 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4183 + | - | * | / | %
4185 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4186 | & | `|' | ^
4188 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4189 | << | >>
4191 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4192 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4193 | <8
4195 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4196 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4197 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4198 | >8
4200 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4201 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4202 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4203 | //
4205 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4206 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4208 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4209 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4210 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4211 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4212 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4213 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4214 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4215 | de-sjis
4217 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4218 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4219 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4220 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4221 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4222 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4223 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4224 ;; byte of SJIS.
4225 | en-sjis
4227 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4228 ;; Same meaning as C code
4229 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4231 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4232 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4233 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4234 | <8=
4236 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4237 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4238 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4240 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4241 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4242 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4243 | //=
4245 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4248 TRANSLATE :=
4249 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4250 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4251 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4252 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4253 ;; respectively.
4254 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4255 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4256 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4257 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4259 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4260 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4261 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4263 LOOKUP :=
4264 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4265 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4266 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4267 ;; respectively.
4268 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4269 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4270 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4272 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4273 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4274 ;; REG.
4275 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4276 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4277 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4279 MAP :=
4280 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4281 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4282 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4283 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4285 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4286 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4287 MAP-ID := integer
4289 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4291 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4293 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4294 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4295 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4296 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4297 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4298 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4300 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4302 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4303 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4304 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4306 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4308 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4312 ;;;***
4313 \f
4314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4317 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4318 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4319 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4320 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4322 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4324 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4326 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4327 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4329 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4333 ;;;***
4334 \f
4335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4336 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4340 ;;;***
4341 \f
4342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4343 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4344 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4348 ;;;***
4349 \f
4350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4351 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4352 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4356 ;;;***
4357 \f
4358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4359 ;;;;;; 0))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4364 ;;;***
4365 \f
4366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4367 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4372 ;;;***
4373 \f
4374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4375 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4376 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4380 ;;;***
4381 \f
4382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4384 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4386 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4387 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4388 There are no special keybindings by default.
4391 to the action header.
4393 \(fn)" t nil)
4395 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4396 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4397 There are no special keybindings by default.
4400 to the action header.
4402 \(fn)" t nil)
4404 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4405 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4407 \(fn)" t nil)
4409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4411 ;;;***
4412 \f
4413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4414 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4416 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4417 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4418 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4419 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4420 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4422 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4423 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4425 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4426 from which to start.
4428 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4432 ;;;***
4433 \f
4434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4435 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4436 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4440 ;;;***
4441 \f
4442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4443 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4446 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4447 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4448 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4450 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4452 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4453 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4454 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4456 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4460 ;;;***
4461 \f
4462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4463 ;;;;;; 0))
4464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4465 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4466 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4467 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4468 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4469 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4470 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4471 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4472 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4473 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4475 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4476 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4478 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4479 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4480 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4482 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4483 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4484 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4485 the users will view as each check is completed.
4487 \(fn)" t nil)
4489 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4490 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4491 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4492 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4493 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4494 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4495 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4496 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4498 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4500 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4501 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4502 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4503 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4504 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4505 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4506 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4507 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4509 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4511 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4512 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4513 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4514 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4515 spacing are all verified.
4517 \(fn)" t nil)
4519 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4520 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4521 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4522 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4523 otherwise stop after the first error.
4525 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4527 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4528 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4530 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4532 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4533 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4534 Only documentation strings are checked.
4535 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4536 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4537 a separate buffer.
4539 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4541 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4542 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4543 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4544 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4545 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4547 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4549 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4550 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4551 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4552 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4553 if there is one.
4555 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4557 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4558 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4559 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4560 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4561 if there is one.
4562 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4564 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4566 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4567 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4568 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4570 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4572 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4573 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4574 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4575 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4576 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4578 \(fn)" t nil)
4580 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4581 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4582 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4583 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4584 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4585 space at the end of each line.
4587 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4590 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4591 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4592 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4594 \(fn)" t nil)
4596 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4597 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4598 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4599 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4601 \(fn)" t nil)
4603 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4604 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4605 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4606 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4610 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4611 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4612 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4613 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4615 \(fn)" t nil)
4617 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4618 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4619 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4620 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4622 \(fn)" t nil)
4624 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4625 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4626 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4627 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4629 \(fn)" t nil)
4631 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4632 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4633 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4634 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4636 \(fn)" t nil)
4638 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4639 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4640 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4641 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4645 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4646 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4647 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4648 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4650 \(fn)" t nil)
4652 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4653 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4654 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4655 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4656 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4658 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4659 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4660 checking of documentation strings.
4664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4666 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4667 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4673 ;;;***
4674 \f
4675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4676 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4679 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4680 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4681 Return the length of resulting text.
4683 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4685 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4686 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4688 \(fn)" t nil)
4690 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4691 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4692 Return the length of resulting text.
4694 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4696 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4697 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4701 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4704 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4706 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4709 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz/zw-start-gb" "hz-" "decode-hz-line-continuation" "zw-start-gb" "iso2022-")))
4713 ;;;***
4714 \f
4715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4718 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4719 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4720 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4721 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4722 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4723 editing and the result is evaluated.
4725 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4727 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4728 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4729 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4730 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4731 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4733 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4735 \(fn)" t nil)
4737 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4738 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4739 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4740 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4741 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4743 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4744 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4747 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4748 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4750 \(fn)" t nil)
4752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-" "default-command-history-filter")))
4754 ;;;***
4755 \f
4756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "def" "lexical-let" "labels" "flet")))
4761 ;;;***
4762 \f
4763 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4764 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4769 ;;;***
4770 \f
4771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4772 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4775 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4776 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4777 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4778 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4779 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4780 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4781 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4782 of this function.
4784 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4785 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4786 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4787 property are:
4789 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4790 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4792 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4793 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4794 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4795 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4796 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4797 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4798 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4799 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4800 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4801 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4802 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4803 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4805 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4806 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4807 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4809 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4810 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4811 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4812 list elements are:
4814 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4816 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4818 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4820 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4821 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4823 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4824 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4826 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4827 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4828 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4829 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4830 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4831 value specified by their associated list element.
4833 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4835 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4836 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4837 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4839 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4840 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4841 * indent the first argument by 4.
4842 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4843 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4844 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4846 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4847 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4848 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4849 instead.
4851 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-")))
4855 ;;;***
4856 \f
4857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4859 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4861 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4863 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4864 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4865 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4866 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4867 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4868 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4870 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4871 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4875 ;;;***
4876 \f
4877 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4878 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4883 ;;;***
4884 \f
4885 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4886 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4891 ;;;***
4892 \f
4893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4896 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4897 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4898 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4899 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4901 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4902 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4903 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4904 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4906 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4907 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4909 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
4913 ;;;***
4914 \f
4915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
4916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4918 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4919 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4920 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4921 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4922 of `scheme-program-name').
4923 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4924 it is given as initial input.
4925 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4926 discards input when it starts up.
4927 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4928 is run).
4931 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme" "scheme-" "inferior-scheme-")))
4935 ;;;***
4936 \f
4937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
4938 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4940 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4941 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4945 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4946 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4948 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4949 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4950 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4952 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
4956 ;;;***
4957 \f
4958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
4959 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4961 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4962 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4963 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4964 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4965 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4966 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4967 functions have already modified the buffer.
4969 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4971 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4972 either globally or locally.")
4974 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4975 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4976 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4977 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4979 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4980 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4981 `start-file-process'
4982 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4983 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4984 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4986 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4987 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4989 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4991 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4993 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4995 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4996 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4997 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4998 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4999 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5000 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5001 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5002 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5003 process as its initial input.
5005 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5007 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5009 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5011 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5012 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5013 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5014 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5015 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5016 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5018 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5020 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5022 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5023 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5024 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5025 directory tracking functions.")
5027 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5028 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5029 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5031 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5033 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5035 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5036 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5037 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5039 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5041 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5043 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5044 Send COMMAND to current process.
5045 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5046 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5048 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5050 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5051 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5052 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5053 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5055 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5059 ;;;***
5060 \f
5061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5064 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5065 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5066 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5067 to get another window.
5069 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5070 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5072 This command pushes the mark in each window
5073 at the prior location of point in that window.
5074 If both windows display the same buffer,
5075 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5076 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5078 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5079 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5080 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5081 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5082 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5083 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5084 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5085 ignored.
5087 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5088 this command work in interlaced mode:
5089 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5090 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5091 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5093 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5097 ;;;***
5098 \f
5099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5100 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5104 ;;;***
5105 \f
5106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5109 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5110 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5112 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5114 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5115 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5116 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5118 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5120 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5121 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5122 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5124 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5126 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5127 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5128 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5129 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5130 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5132 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5133 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5134 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5135 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5138 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5139 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5140 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5141 describing how the process finished.")
5143 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5144 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5145 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5146 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5147 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5149 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5151 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5153 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5155 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5156 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5157 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5158 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5160 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5162 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5163 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5165 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5166 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5169 (lambda ()
5174 (if buffer-file-name
5175 (shell-quote-argument
5176 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
5178 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5179 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5181 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5182 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5183 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5184 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5186 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5188 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5189 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5190 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5191 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5194 and move to the source code that caused it.
5196 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5197 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5199 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5200 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5201 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5202 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5203 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5205 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5206 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5208 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5210 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5211 kills its subprocesses.
5213 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5214 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5215 to a function that generates a unique name.
5217 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5219 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5220 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5221 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5222 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5224 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5225 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5227 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5228 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5229 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5230 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5232 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5233 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5234 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5236 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5238 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5240 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5241 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5246 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5250 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5252 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5254 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5255 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5257 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5258 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5260 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5261 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5262 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5263 See `compilation-mode'.
5265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5267 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5268 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5270 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5271 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5273 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5274 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5275 `compilation-mode'.
5277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5279 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5280 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5281 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5283 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5287 ;;;***
5288 \f
5289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5290 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5292 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5293 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5294 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5295 for a description of this minor mode.
5296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5297 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5298 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5300 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5302 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5303 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5304 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5305 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5306 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "initialize-completions" "current-completion-source" "cdabbrev-" "clear-all-completions" "check-completion-length" "complet" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "list-all-completions" "symbol-" "set-c" "save" "kill-" "accept-completion" "add-" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "delete-completion" "find-" "make-c" "num-cmpl-sources" "next-cdabbrev" "reset-cdabbrev" "enable-completion")))
5312 ;;;***
5313 \f
5314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5315 ;;;;;; 0))
5316 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5318 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5319 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5320 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5321 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5322 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5323 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5324 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5326 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5327 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5328 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5330 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5331 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5332 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5334 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5335 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5336 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5337 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5339 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5340 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5341 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5342 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5343 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5344 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5345 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5349 \(fn)" t nil)
5351 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5352 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5353 Comments start with `#'.
5354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5358 \[Desktop Entry]
5359 Encoding=UTF-8
5360 Name=The GIMP
5361 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5362 Name[cs]=GIMP
5364 \(fn)" t nil)
5366 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5367 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5368 Comments start with `;'.
5369 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5373 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5374 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5375 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5377 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5378 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5380 \(fn)" t nil)
5382 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5383 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5384 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5385 between `/*' and `*/'.
5386 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5389 // another kind of comment
5390 /* yet another */
5392 name:value
5393 name=value
5394 name value
5395 x.1 =
5396 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5397 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5399 \(fn)" t nil)
5401 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5402 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5404 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5405 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5406 `conf-space-keywords'.
5407 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5408 in an interactive fashion instead.
5410 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5414 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5415 image/png png
5416 image/tiff tiff tif
5418 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5419 class desktop
5420 # Standard multimedia devices
5421 add /dev/audio desktop
5422 add /dev/mixer desktop
5424 \(fn)" t nil)
5426 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5427 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5428 See `conf-space-mode'.
5430 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5432 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5433 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5435 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5442 \(fn)" t nil)
5444 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5445 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5447 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5451 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5454 \(fn)" t nil)
5456 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5457 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5459 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5463 *background: gray99
5464 *foreground: black
5466 \(fn)" t nil)
5468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5470 ;;;***
5471 \f
5472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5475 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5476 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5477 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5478 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5479 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5480 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5482 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5484 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5485 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5486 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5487 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5489 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5491 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5492 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5493 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5494 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5496 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5500 ;;;***
5501 \f
5502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5503 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5505 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5506 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5507 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5509 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5510 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5511 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5512 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5513 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5514 following the copyright are updated as well.
5515 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5516 interactively.
5518 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5520 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5521 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5522 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5523 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5524 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5526 \(fn)" t nil)
5528 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5529 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5531 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5533 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5534 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5535 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5537 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5541 ;;;***
5542 \f
5543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5544 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5546 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5547 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5548 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5549 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5550 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5551 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5552 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5554 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5555 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5556 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5557 Tab indents for Perl code.
5558 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5559 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5561 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5562 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5563 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5567 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5568 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5569 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5570 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5571 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5574 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5576 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5577 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5579 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5581 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5582 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5583 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5585 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5586 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5589 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5593 bite if angry;
5595 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5596 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5597 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5598 to nil.)
5601 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5602 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5604 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5606 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5607 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5608 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5610 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5614 if (A) { B }
5616 into
5618 B if A;
5622 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5623 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5624 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5625 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5626 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5627 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5628 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5629 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5630 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5631 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5632 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5633 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5636 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5638 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5639 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5640 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5641 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5643 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5645 man via menu.
5647 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5648 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5649 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5650 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5654 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5655 span the needed amount of lines.
5657 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5658 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5659 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5660 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5662 Variables controlling indentation style:
5663 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5664 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5665 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5666 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5667 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5668 `cperl-auto-newline'
5669 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5670 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5672 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5673 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5674 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5675 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5676 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5677 `cperl-indent-level'
5678 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5679 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5680 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5681 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5682 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5683 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5684 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5685 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5686 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5687 `cperl-brace-offset'
5688 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5689 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5690 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5691 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5692 `cperl-label-offset'
5693 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5694 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5695 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5697 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5698 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5699 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5700 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5701 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5702 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5704 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5707 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5709 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5710 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5711 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5712 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5714 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5715 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5717 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5718 column 0 is indented on
5719 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5721 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5722 with no args.
5724 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5725 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5726 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5728 \(fn)" t nil)
5730 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5731 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5733 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5735 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5736 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5738 \(fn)" t nil)
5740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5742 ;;;***
5743 \f
5744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5747 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5748 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5749 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5750 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5751 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5753 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5755 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5756 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5758 \(fn)" t nil)
5760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5762 ;;;***
5763 \f
5764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5767 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5768 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5769 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5771 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5772 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5776 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5779 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5783 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5784 with empty strings removed.
5786 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5790 ;;;***
5791 \f
5792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5793 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5795 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5796 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5798 \(fn)" t nil)
5801 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5804 \(fn)" t nil)
5806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("scss-" "css-")))
5808 ;;;***
5809 \f
5810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5813 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5814 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5815 See the `cua-mode' command
5816 for a description of this minor mode.
5817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5819 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5821 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5823 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5824 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5826 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5827 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5829 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5830 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5831 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5832 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5833 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5834 normal function of these prefix keys.
5836 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5837 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5838 options:
5839 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5840 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5841 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5843 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5844 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5845 the prefix fallback behavior.
5847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5849 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5850 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5852 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5856 ;;;***
5857 \f
5858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
5863 ;;;***
5864 \f
5865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
5866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5868 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5869 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5870 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
5876 ;;;***
5877 \f
5878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5879 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
5880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5882 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5884 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5885 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5889 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5890 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5891 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5892 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5893 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5894 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5895 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
5901 ;;;***
5902 \f
5903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
5904 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
5906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
5908 ;;;***
5909 \f
5910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
5911 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5913 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5914 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5916 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5918 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5919 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5921 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5923 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5924 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5926 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5928 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5929 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5931 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5932 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5934 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5935 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5937 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5939 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5941 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5942 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5943 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5945 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5946 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5948 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5949 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5951 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5952 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5954 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5956 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5958 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5959 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5960 Return VALUE.
5962 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5963 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5965 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5966 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5968 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5969 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5971 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5973 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5975 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5976 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5977 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5978 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5980 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5981 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5982 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5984 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5986 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5987 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5989 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5990 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5992 \(fn)" t nil)
5994 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5995 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
5996 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
5997 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
5998 for the MODE to customize.
6000 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6002 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6003 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6004 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6006 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6008 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6009 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6011 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6013 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6015 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6016 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6018 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6020 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6022 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6023 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6024 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6026 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6028 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6029 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6030 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6031 as part of Emacs itself.
6033 Each elements looks like this:
6035 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6037 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6038 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6039 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6040 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6041 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6042 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6043 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6044 and `defface'.
6046 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6054 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6055 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6056 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
6057 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6059 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6061 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6062 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6063 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6064 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6065 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6066 release.
6068 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6069 that were added or redefined since that version.
6071 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6073 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6074 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6075 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6076 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6078 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6080 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6081 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6083 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6085 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6086 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6087 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6089 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6090 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6092 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6094 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6095 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6097 \(fn)" t nil)
6099 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6100 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6102 \(fn)" t nil)
6104 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6105 Customize all saved options and faces.
6107 \(fn)" t nil)
6109 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6110 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6111 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6112 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6113 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6114 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6116 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6117 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6118 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6120 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6122 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6123 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6125 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6127 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6128 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6130 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6132 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6133 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6135 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6137 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6138 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6139 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6140 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6142 \(fn)" nil nil)
6144 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6145 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6146 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6147 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6148 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6149 that option.
6150 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6152 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6154 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6155 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6156 The result includes selecting that window.
6157 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6158 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6159 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6160 that option.
6161 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6163 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6165 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6166 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6168 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6170 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6171 File used for storing customization information.
6172 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6173 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6174 it should be an absolute file name.
6176 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6177 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6178 something like the following in your init file:
6181 \(load custom-file)
6183 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6184 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6186 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6187 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6188 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6189 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6190 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6192 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6193 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6194 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6195 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6196 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6197 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6199 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6200 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6201 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6203 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6205 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6206 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6208 \(fn)" nil nil)
6210 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6211 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6213 \(fn)" t nil)
6215 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6216 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6217 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6219 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6221 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6222 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6223 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6224 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6225 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6227 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6231 ;;;***
6232 \f
6233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6236 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6237 Create or edit a custom theme.
6238 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6239 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6240 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6241 from the Custom save file.
6242 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6243 named *Custom Theme*.
6245 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6247 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6248 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6250 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6252 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6253 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6255 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6257 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6258 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6259 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6260 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6266 ;;;***
6267 \f
6268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6269 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6271 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6272 Mode used for cvs status output.
6274 \(fn)" t nil)
6276 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6278 ;;;***
6279 \f
6280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6282 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6284 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6285 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6287 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6289 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6290 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6291 C++ modes are included.
6293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6294 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6295 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6299 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6301 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6302 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6303 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6304 for a description of this minor mode.
6305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6306 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6307 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6309 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6311 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6312 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6313 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6314 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6315 ARG is omitted or nil.
6317 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6318 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6319 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled" "cwarn-")))
6325 ;;;***
6326 \f
6327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6328 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6329 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6331 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6332 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6334 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6336 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6337 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6339 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6341 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6342 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6343 For readability, the table is slightly
6344 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6346 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6347 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6348 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6349 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6350 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6352 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6356 ;;;***
6357 \f
6358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6359 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6360 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6361 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6362 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6363 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6365 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6366 Completion on current word.
6368 and presents suggestions for completion.
6370 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6371 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6372 completions.
6375 then it searches *all* buffers.
6377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6379 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6382 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6383 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6384 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6385 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6386 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6388 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6389 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6391 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6392 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6393 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6395 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6396 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6400 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6404 ;;;***
6405 \f
6406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6407 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6409 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6410 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6412 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6416 ;;;***
6417 \f
6418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6421 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6422 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6423 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6424 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6425 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6427 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6431 ;;;***
6432 \f
6433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6436 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6437 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6439 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6440 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6441 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6443 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6444 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6445 Data lines are not indented.
6447 Key bindings:
6450 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6457 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6459 dcl-basic-offset
6460 Extra indentation within blocks.
6462 dcl-continuation-offset
6463 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6465 dcl-margin-offset
6466 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6468 dcl-margin-label-offset
6469 Indentation for a label.
6471 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6472 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6474 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6475 dcl-block-end-regexp
6476 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6477 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6478 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6479 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6480 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6482 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6483 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6484 Two such functions are included in the package:
6485 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6486 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6488 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6489 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6490 One such function is included in the package:
6491 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6493 dcl-tab-always-indent
6494 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6495 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6496 margin.
6498 dcl-electric-characters
6499 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6500 typed.
6502 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6503 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6504 which words trigger electric indentation.
6506 dcl-tempo-comma
6507 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6508 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6509 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6511 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6512 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6513 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6514 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6516 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6517 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6518 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6519 dcl-imenu-label-call
6520 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6522 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6523 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6524 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6525 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6528 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6530 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6531 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6532 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6533 $ i = 1
6534 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6535 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6536 $ label:
6537 $ if i.eq.1
6538 $ then
6539 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6540 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6541 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6542 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6545 $ type sys$input
6546 Data lines are not indented at all.
6547 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6548 $ endif
6549 $
6552 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6553 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6555 \(fn)" t nil)
6557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6559 ;;;***
6560 \f
6561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6562 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6564 (setq debugger 'debug)
6566 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6568 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6569 of the evaluator.
6571 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6572 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6573 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6575 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6577 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6578 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6580 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6582 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6583 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6584 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6585 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6586 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6587 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6590 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6592 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6594 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6596 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6597 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6598 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6600 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6604 ;;;***
6605 \f
6606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6607 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6609 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6610 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6612 \(fn)" t nil)
6614 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6615 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6616 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6617 Upper-case letters are commands.
6619 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6620 modify it.
6622 The most useful commands are:
6626 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6630 \(fn)" t nil)
6632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6634 ;;;***
6635 \f
6636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6637 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6638 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6640 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6641 Customization of `columns' group.
6643 \(fn)" t nil)
6645 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6646 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6648 START and END delimits the text region.
6650 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6652 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6653 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6655 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6657 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6661 ;;;***
6662 \f
6663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6664 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6666 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6668 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6669 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6670 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6671 for a description of this minor mode.
6672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6673 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6674 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6676 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6678 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6679 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6680 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
6681 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
6682 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6684 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6685 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6686 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
6687 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
6689 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6690 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6696 ;;;***
6697 \f
6698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6701 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6702 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6704 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6706 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6707 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6708 or nil if there is no parent.
6710 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6711 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6712 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6713 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6715 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6716 arguments are currently understood:
6717 :group GROUP
6718 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6719 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6720 :syntax-table TABLE
6721 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6722 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6723 :abbrev-table TABLE
6724 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6725 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6726 :after-hook FORM
6727 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6728 run. It should not be quoted.
6730 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6734 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6735 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6736 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6738 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6739 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6743 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6745 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6746 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6748 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6749 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6751 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6753 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6755 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6757 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6758 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6759 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6760 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6761 the first time the mode is used.
6763 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6767 ;;;***
6768 \f
6769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6770 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6772 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6773 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6774 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6775 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6776 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6777 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6778 otherwise.
6780 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6782 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6783 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6784 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6785 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6787 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6788 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6789 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6791 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6792 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6793 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6794 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6795 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6796 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6797 relevant to POS.
6799 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6801 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6802 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6804 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6805 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6806 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6807 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6808 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6809 minibuffer window for width limit.
6811 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6812 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6814 \(fn)" nil nil)
6816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
6818 ;;;***
6819 \f
6820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6821 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6823 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6824 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6825 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6826 for a description of this minor mode.
6827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6829 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6831 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6833 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6834 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6835 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6836 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6837 is omitted or nil.
6839 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6840 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6841 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6842 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6847 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6848 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6850 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6852 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6856 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6857 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6858 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6859 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6861 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6863 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6864 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6866 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6867 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6868 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6870 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6873 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6874 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6875 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6877 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6878 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6879 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6880 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6882 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6884 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6885 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6887 Handlers are called with argument list
6889 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6891 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6893 `desktop-file-version'
6894 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6895 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6896 `desktop-buffer-point'
6897 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6898 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6899 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6901 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6902 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6904 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6905 code like
6907 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6908 ...
6912 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6914 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6916 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6918 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6919 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6920 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6921 List elements must have the form
6923 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6925 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6926 function.
6928 Handlers are called with argument list
6930 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6932 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6934 `desktop-file-version'
6935 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6936 `desktop-buffer-name'
6937 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6938 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6939 `desktop-buffer-point'
6940 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6941 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6942 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6944 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6945 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6946 created and set.
6948 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6949 code like
6951 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6952 ...
6956 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6958 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6960 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6962 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6964 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6965 Empty the Desktop.
6966 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6967 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6968 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6969 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6970 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6971 if different).
6973 \(fn)" t nil)
6975 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6976 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6977 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6978 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6979 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6980 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6981 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6982 do not rewrite the file.
6984 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6985 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6986 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6987 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6988 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6989 file.
6991 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6992 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6993 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6994 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6995 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6996 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6997 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6998 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6999 without further confirmation.
7001 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7003 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7004 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7005 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7007 \(fn)" t nil)
7009 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7010 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7011 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7012 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7013 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7014 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7015 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7016 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7018 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7020 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7021 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7022 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7024 \(fn)" nil nil)
7026 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7028 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7029 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7030 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7031 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7032 directory DIRNAME.
7034 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7036 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7037 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7039 \(fn)" t nil)
7041 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7042 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7044 \(fn)" t nil)
7046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7048 ;;;***
7049 \f
7050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7053 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7054 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7055 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7056 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7057 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7058 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7060 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7062 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7063 Repair a broken attribution line.
7064 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7066 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7068 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7069 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7070 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7071 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7073 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7075 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7076 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7078 \(fn)" t nil)
7080 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7082 ;;;***
7083 \f
7084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7085 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7089 ;;;***
7090 \f
7091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7092 ;;;;;; 0))
7093 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7095 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7096 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7097 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7098 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7099 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7103 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7104 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7105 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7106 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7108 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7109 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7110 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7111 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7113 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7114 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7116 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7121 \(diary-mail-entries)
7123 # diary-rem.el ends here
7125 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7127 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7128 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7130 \(fn)" t nil)
7132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7134 ;;;***
7135 \f
7136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7137 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7139 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7140 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7142 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7144 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7145 The command to use to run diff.")
7147 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7149 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7150 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7151 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7152 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7153 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7154 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7156 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7157 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7158 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7160 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7162 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7163 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7164 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7165 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7166 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7167 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7169 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7171 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7172 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7174 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7176 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7177 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7178 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7180 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7182 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7184 ;;;***
7185 \f
7186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7187 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7189 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7190 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7191 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7192 normal diffs.
7194 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7195 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7196 headers for you on-the-fly.
7204 \(fn)" t nil)
7206 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7207 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7208 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7209 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7210 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7218 ;;;***
7219 \f
7220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7223 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7224 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7225 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7227 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("query-dig" "dig-")))
7231 ;;;***
7232 \f
7233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7234 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7236 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7237 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7238 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7239 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7240 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7241 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7242 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7243 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7245 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7247 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7248 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7249 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7250 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7251 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7252 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7254 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7256 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7257 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7259 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7260 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7262 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7263 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7264 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7265 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7266 listing have no effect.
7272 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7274 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7275 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7277 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7280 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7281 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7283 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7286 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7288 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7289 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7291 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7293 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7296 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7299 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7302 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7304 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7307 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7308 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7309 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7310 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7312 to see why something went wrong.
7317 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7324 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7325 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7328 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7330 again for the directory tree.
7333 for more info):
7335 `dired-listing-switches'
7336 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7337 `dired-marker-char'
7338 `dired-del-marker'
7339 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7340 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7341 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7342 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7346 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7347 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7348 `dired-mode-hook'
7349 `dired-load-hook'
7351 Keybindings:
7354 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7355 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7359 ;;;***
7360 \f
7361 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7362 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7363 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7367 ;;;***
7368 \f
7369 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7370 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7371 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7373 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7375 ;;;***
7376 \f
7377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7380 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7381 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7382 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7383 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7384 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7386 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7387 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7388 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7390 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7391 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7392 directory.
7394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7396 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7397 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7398 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7399 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7400 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7401 from `default-directory'.
7403 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7407 ;;;***
7408 \f
7409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7412 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7413 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7414 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7415 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7416 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7417 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7419 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7423 ;;;***
7424 \f
7425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7426 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7428 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7429 Return a new, empty display table.
7431 \(fn)" nil nil)
7433 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7434 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7435 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7436 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7437 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7439 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7441 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7442 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7443 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7444 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7445 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7447 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7449 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7450 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7452 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7454 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7455 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7457 \(fn)" t nil)
7459 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7460 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7462 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7463 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7465 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7466 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7467 byte.
7469 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7470 in the default way after this call.
7472 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7474 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7475 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7477 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7479 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7480 Display character C using printable string S.
7482 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7484 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7485 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7486 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7487 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7489 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7491 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7492 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7493 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7494 X frame.
7496 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7498 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7499 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7501 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7503 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7504 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7506 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7508 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7509 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7511 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7513 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7514 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7516 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7518 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7519 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7521 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7523 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7524 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7526 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7527 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7529 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7530 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7532 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7533 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7534 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7535 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7537 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7538 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7539 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7540 in `.emacs'.
7542 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7546 ;;;***
7547 \f
7548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7549 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7551 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7552 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7553 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7554 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7555 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7556 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7557 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7558 Default is 2.
7560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7562 ;;;***
7563 \f
7564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7567 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7568 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7569 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7570 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7571 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7572 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7573 private or ask).
7574 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7575 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7576 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7577 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7578 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7580 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7584 ;;;***
7585 \f
7586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7587 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7591 ;;;***
7592 \f
7593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7594 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7596 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7597 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7598 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7599 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7600 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7601 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7602 table and its own syntax table.
7604 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7606 \(fn)" t nil)
7607 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7609 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7610 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7612 \(fn)" t nil)
7614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7616 ;;;***
7617 \f
7618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7619 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7621 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7622 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7623 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7624 OpenDocument format).
7626 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7628 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7629 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7631 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7632 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7635 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7638 \(fn)" t nil)
7640 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7641 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7642 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7643 to the next best mode.
7645 \(fn)" nil nil)
7647 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7648 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7649 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7650 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7651 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7653 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7657 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7660 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7664 ;;;***
7665 \f
7666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7667 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7669 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7670 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7672 \(fn)" t nil)
7674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7676 ;;;***
7677 \f
7678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7679 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7683 ;;;***
7684 \f
7685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7686 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7690 ;;;***
7691 \f
7692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7693 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7697 ;;;***
7698 \f
7699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7700 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-")))
7704 ;;;***
7705 \f
7706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7707 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7709 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7710 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7711 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7712 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7713 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7715 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7716 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7722 ;;;***
7723 \f
7724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7725 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7726 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7728 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7729 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7731 \(fn)" t nil)
7733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("down" "dun" "out" "obj-special" "south" "north" "west" "east")))
7735 ;;;***
7736 \f
7737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7738 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7739 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7743 ;;;***
7744 \f
7745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7746 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7749 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7751 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7752 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7753 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7754 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7755 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7757 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7758 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7759 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7760 and disables it otherwise.
7762 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7763 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7764 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7765 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7767 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7768 documenting what its argument does.
7770 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7771 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7772 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7773 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7774 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7775 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7776 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7777 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7778 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7780 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7781 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7782 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
7783 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
7784 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
7785 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
7786 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
7787 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
7788 the minor mode is global):
7790 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7792 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7793 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7794 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7795 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7796 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7797 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7798 Not used if you also specify :variable.
7799 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7800 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7801 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7802 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
7803 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
7804 named variable, or a generalized variable.
7805 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
7806 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
7807 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
7808 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
7809 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
7810 in :variable).
7812 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
7813 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7815 For example, you could write
7818 ...BODY CODE...)
7820 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7822 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7824 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7826 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7828 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7829 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7830 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7831 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7832 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7833 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7834 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7835 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7836 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7837 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7838 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7839 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7841 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7842 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7843 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7844 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7845 call another major mode in their body.
7847 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7848 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7849 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7851 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7853 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7855 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7856 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7857 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7858 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7859 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7860 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7861 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7863 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7865 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7866 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7867 :inherit Parent keymap.
7868 :group Ignored.
7869 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7870 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7872 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7874 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7875 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7876 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7877 the constant's documentation.
7879 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7881 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7882 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7883 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7885 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
7889 ;;;***
7890 \f
7891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
7892 ;;;;;; 0))
7893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7895 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7896 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7897 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7898 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7900 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7901 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7902 as a top-level menu bar item.
7904 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7905 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7906 pairs:
7908 :filter FUNCTION
7909 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7910 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7911 items to actually display.
7913 :visible INCLUDE
7914 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7915 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7916 alias for `:visible'.
7918 :active ENABLE
7919 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7920 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7921 an alias for `:active'.
7923 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7924 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7926 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7928 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7930 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7931 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7933 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7934 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7936 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7938 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7940 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7941 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7943 :keys KEYS
7944 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7945 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7946 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7947 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7949 :key-sequence KEYS
7950 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7951 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7952 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7953 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7955 :active ENABLE
7956 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7957 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7958 alias for `:active'.
7960 :visible INCLUDE
7961 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7962 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7963 `:visible'.
7965 :label FORM
7966 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7967 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7969 :suffix FORM
7970 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7971 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7973 :style STYLE
7974 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7975 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7976 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7978 :selected SELECTED
7979 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7980 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7982 :help HELP
7983 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7985 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7986 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7987 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7989 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7990 MENU. This is a submenu.
7992 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7994 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7996 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7999 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8001 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8002 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8003 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8004 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8006 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8008 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8009 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8010 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8011 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8012 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8013 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8015 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8016 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8017 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8019 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8020 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8021 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8023 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8024 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8026 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8030 ;;;***
8031 \f
8032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8037 ;;;***
8038 \f
8039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8044 ;;;***
8045 \f
8046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8051 ;;;***
8052 \f
8053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8058 ;;;***
8059 \f
8060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8065 ;;;***
8066 \f
8067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8072 ;;;***
8073 \f
8074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8079 ;;;***
8080 \f
8081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8083 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8085 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8086 Customization for ebnf group.
8088 \(fn)" t nil)
8090 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8091 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8093 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8095 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8096 processed.
8098 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8100 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8102 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8103 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8105 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8106 killed after process termination.
8108 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8110 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8112 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8115 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8116 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8117 it to the printer.
8119 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8120 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8121 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8122 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8124 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8126 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8127 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8128 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8130 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8132 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8133 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8135 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8137 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8138 processed.
8140 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8142 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8144 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8145 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8147 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8148 killed after process termination.
8150 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8152 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8154 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8155 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8156 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8157 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8159 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8161 \(fn)" t nil)
8163 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8164 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8165 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8167 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8169 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8171 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8172 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8174 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8176 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8177 processed.
8179 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8181 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8183 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8184 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8186 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8187 killed after EPS generation.
8189 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8191 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8193 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8194 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8196 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8197 The EPS file name has the following form:
8199 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8201 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8204 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8205 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8206 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8210 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8211 files.
8213 \(fn)" t nil)
8215 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8216 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8218 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8219 The EPS file name has the following form:
8221 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8223 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8226 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8227 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8228 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8232 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8233 files.
8235 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8237 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8239 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8242 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8244 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8245 are processed.
8247 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8249 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8251 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8252 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8254 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8255 killed after syntax checking.
8257 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8259 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8261 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8262 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8264 \(fn)" t nil)
8266 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8267 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8269 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8271 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8272 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8274 \(fn)" nil nil)
8276 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8277 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8279 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8281 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8283 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8284 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8286 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8288 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8290 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8291 Delete style NAME.
8293 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8295 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8297 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8298 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8300 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8302 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8304 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8305 Set STYLE as the current style.
8307 Returns the old style symbol.
8309 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8311 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8313 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8314 Reset current style.
8316 Returns the old style symbol.
8318 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8320 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8322 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8323 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8325 Returns the old style symbol.
8327 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8329 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8331 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8333 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8334 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8336 Returns the old style symbol.
8338 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8340 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8342 \(fn)" t nil)
8344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8346 ;;;***
8347 \f
8348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8351 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8352 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8353 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8354 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8355 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8358 Tree mode key bindings:
8361 \(fn)" t nil)
8363 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8364 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8366 \(fn)" t nil)
8368 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8369 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8371 \(fn)" t nil)
8373 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8374 View declaration of member at point.
8376 \(fn)" t nil)
8378 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8379 Find declaration of member at point.
8381 \(fn)" t nil)
8383 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8384 View definition of member at point.
8386 \(fn)" t nil)
8388 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8389 Find definition of member at point.
8391 \(fn)" t nil)
8393 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8394 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8396 \(fn)" t nil)
8398 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8399 View definition of member at point in other window.
8401 \(fn)" t nil)
8403 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8404 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8406 \(fn)" t nil)
8408 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8409 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8411 \(fn)" t nil)
8413 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8414 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8416 \(fn)" t nil)
8418 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8419 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8421 \(fn)" t nil)
8423 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8424 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8425 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8426 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8427 completion.
8429 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8431 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8432 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8433 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8434 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8436 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8438 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8439 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8440 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8441 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8443 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8445 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8446 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8447 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8449 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8451 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8452 Search for call sites of a member.
8453 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8454 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8455 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8456 looks like a function call to the member.
8458 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8460 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8461 Move backward in the position stack.
8462 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8464 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8466 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8467 Move forward in the position stack.
8468 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8470 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8472 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8473 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8475 \(fn)" t nil)
8477 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8478 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8480 \(fn)" t nil)
8482 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8483 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8484 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8485 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8487 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8489 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8490 Display statistics for a class tree.
8492 \(fn)" t nil)
8494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook" "ebrowse-")))
8496 ;;;***
8497 \f
8498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8499 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8501 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8503 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8505 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8506 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8507 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8509 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8512 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8513 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8514 also has this effect.
8516 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8526 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("electric-buffer-" "Electric-buffer-menu-")))
8530 ;;;***
8531 \f
8532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8533 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8535 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8536 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8537 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8539 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8543 ;;;***
8544 \f
8545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8546 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8548 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8551 \(fn)" nil nil)
8553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8555 ;;;***
8556 \f
8557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8558 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8559 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8561 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8562 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8563 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8564 for a description of this minor mode.
8565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8566 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8567 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8569 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8571 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8572 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8577 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8578 an EDE controlled project.
8580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("project-try-ede" "ede" "global-ede-mode-map")))
8584 ;;;***
8585 \f
8586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8587 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8591 ;;;***
8592 \f
8593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8594 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8595 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8599 ;;;***
8600 \f
8601 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8602 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8603 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8607 ;;;***
8608 \f
8609 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8610 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8615 ;;;***
8616 \f
8617 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8618 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (0 0 0 0))
8619 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8623 ;;;***
8624 \f
8625 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8626 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8627 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-")))
8631 ;;;***
8632 \f
8633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8638 ;;;***
8639 \f
8640 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8641 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8646 ;;;***
8647 \f
8648 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8649 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8654 ;;;***
8655 \f
8656 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8657 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8662 ;;;***
8663 \f
8664 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8665 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8670 ;;;***
8671 \f
8672 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8673 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8678 ;;;***
8679 \f
8680 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8681 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8686 ;;;***
8687 \f
8688 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8689 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8694 ;;;***
8695 \f
8696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8697 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8698 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8705 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8709 ;;;***
8710 \f
8711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8716 ;;;***
8717 \f
8718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8723 ;;;***
8724 \f
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8726 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8731 ;;;***
8732 \f
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8734 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8742 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("proj-comp-insert-variable-once" "ede-")))
8747 ;;;***
8748 \f
8749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8750 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8755 ;;;***
8756 \f
8757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8758 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
8763 ;;;***
8764 \f
8765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8766 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
8771 ;;;***
8772 \f
8773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8774 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8775 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8779 ;;;***
8780 \f
8781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
8782 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
8785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
8790 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
8793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
8798 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
8801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
8803 ;;;***
8804 \f
8805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
8806 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8807 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
8809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
8811 ;;;***
8812 \f
8813 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
8814 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
8817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
8819 ;;;***
8820 \f
8821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
8824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
8829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
8831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
8833 ;;;***
8834 \f
8835 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
8836 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
8839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
8844 ;;;;;; 0))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
8847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
8849 ;;;***
8850 \f
8851 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
8852 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
8855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
8857 ;;;***
8858 \f
8859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
8860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8862 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8863 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8864 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8865 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8866 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8868 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8869 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8871 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8873 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8875 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8876 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8877 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8878 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8880 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8882 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8883 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8884 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8885 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8887 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8889 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8891 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8892 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8893 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8894 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8895 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8897 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
8898 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
8899 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
8900 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
8901 instrumented for Edebug.
8903 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8904 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8905 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8906 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8907 already is one.)
8909 \(fn)" t nil)
8911 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8912 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8914 \(fn)" t nil)
8916 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8917 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8919 \(fn)" t nil)
8921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-" "cancel-edebug-on-entry")))
8923 ;;;***
8924 \f
8925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
8926 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
8927 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8929 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8930 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8932 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8934 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8935 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8937 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8939 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8941 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8943 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
8944 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
8945 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
8946 nothing to revert then this command fails.
8948 \(fn)" t nil)
8950 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8951 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8952 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8953 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8955 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8957 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8958 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8960 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8962 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8964 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8965 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8967 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8969 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8971 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8972 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8973 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8974 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8976 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8978 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8980 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8981 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8982 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8983 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8985 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8987 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8989 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8990 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8991 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8992 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8994 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8996 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8998 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8999 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9000 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9001 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9003 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9005 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9007 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9008 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9009 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9010 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9011 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9012 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9014 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9016 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9017 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9018 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9019 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9021 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9023 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9025 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9026 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9027 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9028 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9030 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9032 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9034 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9036 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9037 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9038 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9039 follows:
9040 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9041 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9043 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9045 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9046 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9047 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9048 follows:
9049 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9050 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9052 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9054 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9055 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9056 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9057 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9058 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9060 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9062 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9063 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9064 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9065 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9066 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9067 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9069 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9071 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9073 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9074 Merge two files without ancestor.
9076 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9078 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9079 Merge two files with ancestor.
9081 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9083 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9085 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9086 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9088 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9090 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9091 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9093 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9095 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9096 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9097 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9098 buffer.
9100 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9102 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9103 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9104 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9105 buffer.
9107 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9109 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9110 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9111 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9112 and don't ask the user.
9113 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
9114 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9116 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9118 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9119 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9120 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9121 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9122 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9123 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9124 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9125 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9127 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9129 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9131 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9133 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9134 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9135 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9136 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9137 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9139 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9141 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9143 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9144 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9145 When called interactively, displays the version.
9147 \(fn)" t nil)
9149 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9150 Display Ediff's manual.
9151 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9153 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9155 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9158 \(fn)" nil nil)
9160 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9163 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9168 \(fn)" nil nil)
9170 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9173 \(fn)" nil nil)
9175 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9178 \(fn)" nil nil)
9180 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9183 \(fn)" nil nil)
9185 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9188 \(fn)" nil nil)
9190 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9193 \(fn)" nil nil)
9195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9197 ;;;***
9198 \f
9199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9204 ;;;***
9205 \f
9206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9209 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9212 \(fn)" t nil)
9214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9216 ;;;***
9217 \f
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9223 ;;;***
9224 \f
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9226 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9230 ;;;***
9231 \f
9232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9235 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9236 Display Ediff's registry.
9238 \(fn)" t nil)
9240 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9244 ;;;***
9245 \f
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9249 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9251 ;;;***
9252 \f
9253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9256 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9257 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9258 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9259 which see.
9261 \(fn)" t nil)
9263 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9264 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9265 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9266 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9268 \(fn)" t nil)
9270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9272 ;;;***
9273 \f
9274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9279 ;;;***
9280 \f
9281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9286 ;;;***
9287 \f
9288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9290 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9292 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9293 Edit a keyboard macro.
9294 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9295 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9296 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
9297 its command name.
9298 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9300 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9302 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9303 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9305 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9307 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9308 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9310 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9312 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9313 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9315 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9319 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9320 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9321 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9322 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9324 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9326 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9327 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9328 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9329 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9330 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9331 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9333 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9337 ;;;***
9338 \f
9339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9342 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9343 Set scroll margins.
9344 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9345 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9347 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9349 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9350 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9352 \(fn)" t nil)
9354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9359 ;;;;;; 0))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9364 ;;;***
9365 \f
9366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9367 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9372 ;;;***
9373 \f
9374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9379 ;;;***
9380 \f
9381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9382 ;;;;;; 0))
9383 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9387 ;;;***
9388 \f
9389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9392 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9394 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9395 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9396 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9397 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9398 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9400 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9401 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9404 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9405 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9406 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9408 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9409 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9410 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9412 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9413 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9414 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9416 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9418 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9421 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-")))
9425 ;;;***
9426 \f
9427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9429 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "oref" "oset" "obj" "find-class" "set-slot-value" "same-class-p" "slot-" "child-of-class-p" "with-slots" "defclass")))
9433 ;;;***
9434 \f
9435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9436 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9441 ;;;***
9442 \f
9443 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9444 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9449 ;;;***
9450 \f
9451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9452 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9454 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9456 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9457 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9458 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9459 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9460 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9461 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9462 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9464 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot" "class-")))
9468 ;;;***
9469 \f
9470 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9471 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (0 0 0 0))
9472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9476 ;;;***
9477 \f
9478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9479 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9484 ;;;***
9485 \f
9486 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9487 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9492 ;;;***
9493 \f
9494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9495 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9500 ;;;***
9501 \f
9502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9503 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9505 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
9506 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
9508 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
9509 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
9510 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
9512 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
9514 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9515 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9516 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9517 for a description of this minor mode.
9518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9520 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9522 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9524 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9525 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9526 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9527 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9528 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9530 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9531 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9532 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
9533 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9537 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9538 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9544 ;;;***
9545 \f
9546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9547 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9549 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9550 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9552 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9553 an elided material again.
9555 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9561 ;;;***
9562 \f
9563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9566 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9567 Lint the file FILE.
9569 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9571 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9572 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9573 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9575 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9577 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9578 Lint the current buffer.
9579 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9581 \(fn)" t nil)
9583 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9584 Lint the function at point.
9585 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9587 \(fn)" t nil)
9589 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9590 Initialize elint.
9591 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9592 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9594 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9598 ;;;***
9599 \f
9600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9603 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9604 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9605 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9607 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9609 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9610 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9611 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9612 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
9614 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9616 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9617 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9618 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9622 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9624 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9625 Display current profiling results.
9626 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9627 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9628 displayed.
9630 \(fn)" t nil)
9632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9634 ;;;***
9635 \f
9636 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9637 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9638 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9642 ;;;***
9643 \f
9644 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9645 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9650 ;;;***
9651 \f
9652 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9653 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9654 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9658 ;;;***
9659 \f
9660 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9661 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9662 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9666 ;;;***
9667 \f
9668 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9669 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9674 ;;;***
9675 \f
9676 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9677 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9682 ;;;***
9683 \f
9684 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9685 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9686 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9690 ;;;***
9691 \f
9692 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9693 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
9698 ;;;***
9699 \f
9700 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9701 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9702 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9706 ;;;***
9707 \f
9708 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9709 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9710 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9714 ;;;***
9715 \f
9716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9717 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9718 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
9722 ;;;***
9723 \f
9724 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
9725 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9726 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
9728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
9730 ;;;***
9731 \f
9732 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
9733 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9734 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
9736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
9738 ;;;***
9739 \f
9740 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
9741 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9742 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
9744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
9746 ;;;***
9747 \f
9748 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
9749 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9750 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
9752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
9754 ;;;***
9755 \f
9756 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
9757 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9758 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
9760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
9762 ;;;***
9763 \f
9764 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
9765 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9766 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
9768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("pcomplete/bcc" "eshell/")))
9770 ;;;***
9771 \f
9772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
9773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
9775 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
9776 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
9777 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
9778 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
9779 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
9780 ARG is omitted or nil.
9782 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
9783 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
9784 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
9785 used instead.
9787 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
9789 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
9790 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
9791 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
9793 Other values are interpreted as usual.
9795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("toggle-emacs-lock" "emacs-lock-")))
9799 ;;;***
9800 \f
9801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9802 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9804 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
9805 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9806 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9808 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
9810 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
9812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
9814 ;;;***
9815 \f
9816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
9817 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
9819 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9820 Run Emerge on two files.
9822 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9824 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9825 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9827 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9829 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9830 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9832 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9834 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9835 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9837 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9839 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9842 \(fn)" nil nil)
9844 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9847 \(fn)" nil nil)
9849 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9852 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9854 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9857 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9859 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9860 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9862 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9864 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9865 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9867 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9869 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9872 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
9876 ;;;***
9877 \f
9878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
9879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9881 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9882 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9883 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9884 text/enriched format.
9886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
9887 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
9888 if ARG is omitted or nil.
9890 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9892 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9895 Commands:
9899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9901 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9904 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9906 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9909 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
9913 ;;;***
9914 \f
9915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
9916 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
9918 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
9919 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
9921 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9923 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
9924 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
9926 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9928 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
9929 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
9930 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
9931 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
9932 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
9933 the keys are listed.
9934 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
9936 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
9938 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
9939 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
9940 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
9942 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
9944 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
9945 Verify FILE.
9947 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9949 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
9950 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
9952 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
9954 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
9955 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
9957 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
9959 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
9960 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
9962 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
9963 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
9964 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
9965 proper place to insert the plaintext.
9967 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
9968 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9969 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
9970 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
9971 should consider using the string based counterpart
9972 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
9973 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
9975 For example:
9978 (decode-coding-string
9979 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
9982 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
9984 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
9985 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
9987 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9988 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
9990 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9992 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
9994 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
9995 Verify the current region between START and END.
9997 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9998 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9999 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10000 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10001 should consider using the string based counterpart
10002 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10003 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10005 For example:
10008 (decode-coding-string
10009 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10012 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10014 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10016 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10017 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10018 between START and END.
10020 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10021 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10023 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10025 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10027 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10028 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10030 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10031 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10032 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10033 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10034 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10035 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10037 For example:
10040 (epg-sign-string
10041 context
10044 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10046 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10048 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10049 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10051 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10052 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10053 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10054 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10055 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10056 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10058 For example:
10061 (epg-encrypt-string
10062 context
10064 nil))
10066 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10068 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10070 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10071 Delete selected KEYS.
10073 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10075 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10076 Import keys from FILE.
10078 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10080 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10081 Import keys from the region.
10083 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10085 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10086 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10087 between START and END.
10089 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10091 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10092 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10094 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10096 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10097 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10099 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10103 ;;;***
10104 \f
10105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10106 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10108 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10109 Decrypt marked files.
10111 \(fn)" t nil)
10113 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10114 Verify marked files.
10116 \(fn)" t nil)
10118 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10119 Sign marked files.
10121 \(fn)" t nil)
10123 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10124 Encrypt marked files.
10126 \(fn)" t nil)
10128 ;;;***
10129 \f
10130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10131 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10133 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10136 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10138 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10141 \(fn)" t nil)
10143 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10146 \(fn)" t nil)
10148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10150 ;;;***
10151 \f
10152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10153 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10155 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10156 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10157 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10158 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10159 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10163 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10164 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10165 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10167 \(fn)" t nil)
10169 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10171 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10172 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10173 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10175 \(fn)" t nil)
10177 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10179 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10180 Sign the current buffer.
10181 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10183 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10185 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10187 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10188 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10189 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10190 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10191 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10192 and also whether and how to sign.
10194 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10195 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10196 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10198 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10200 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10202 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10203 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10204 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10206 \(fn)" t nil)
10208 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10210 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10211 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10212 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10213 for a description of this minor mode.
10214 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10215 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10216 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10218 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10220 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10221 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10222 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10223 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10224 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10230 ;;;***
10231 \f
10232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10233 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10234 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10236 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10237 Return a context object.
10239 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10243 ;;;***
10244 \f
10245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10246 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10248 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10249 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10250 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10251 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10253 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10254 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10255 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10256 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10257 version requirement is met.
10259 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10261 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10262 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10264 \(fn)" nil nil)
10266 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10268 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10269 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10271 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10273 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10274 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10276 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10280 ;;;***
10281 \f
10282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10283 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10284 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10286 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10287 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10289 \(fn)" nil nil)
10291 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10292 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10293 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10295 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10297 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10298 (server (erc-compute-server))
10299 (port (erc-compute-port))
10300 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10301 password
10302 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10304 That is, if called with
10308 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10309 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10310 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10312 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10314 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10316 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10317 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10318 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10320 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10322 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10323 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10324 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10325 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10327 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "define-erc-module")))
10331 ;;;***
10332 \f
10333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
10334 ;;;;;; 0))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10336 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
10338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto" "autoaway")))
10340 ;;;***
10341 \f
10342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10347 ;;;***
10348 \f
10349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
10350 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10351 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
10353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-" "button")))
10355 ;;;***
10356 \f
10357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
10358 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10359 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
10361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-" "capab-identify")))
10363 ;;;***
10364 \f
10365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
10366 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10367 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
10369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10371 ;;;***
10372 \f
10373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10375 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
10377 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10378 Parser for /dcc command.
10379 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
10381 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
10383 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10385 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10386 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
10388 \(fn)" nil nil)
10390 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
10391 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
10393 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10394 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
10395 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
10396 that subcommand.
10398 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
10400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/" "dcc")))
10402 ;;;***
10403 \f
10404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
10405 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10407 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
10409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("notifications" "erc-notifications-")))
10411 ;;;***
10412 \f
10413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
10414 ;;;;;; 0))
10415 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10417 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
10418 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
10420 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
10422 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
10423 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
10424 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
10425 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
10427 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
10429 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
10432 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10434 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
10435 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
10437 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
10439 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
10440 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
10442 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10444 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10445 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
10447 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10449 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10450 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
10452 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10454 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10455 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
10457 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10459 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
10460 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
10462 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10464 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10465 Select a detached EZBounce session.
10467 \(fn)" nil nil)
10469 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
10470 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
10472 \(fn)" nil nil)
10474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10476 ;;;***
10477 \f
10478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
10479 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10480 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
10482 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
10483 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
10484 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
10486 \(fn)" nil nil)
10488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10490 ;;;***
10491 \f
10492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10493 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-" "unmorse" "scrolltobottom" "smiley" "irccontrols" "noncommands" "keep-place" "move-to-prompt" "readonly")))
10497 ;;;***
10498 \f
10499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10504 ;;;***
10505 \f
10506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10507 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10508 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
10510 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
10511 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
10512 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
10513 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
10514 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
10515 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
10516 system.
10518 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
10520 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
10523 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
10525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-" "identd")))
10527 ;;;***
10528 \f
10529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10532 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
10535 \(fn)" nil nil)
10537 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10539 ;;;***
10540 \f
10541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
10542 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10543 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
10545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-" "autojoin")))
10547 ;;;***
10548 \f
10549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10550 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10552 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10554 ;;;***
10555 \f
10556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
10557 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10558 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
10560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-" "list")))
10562 ;;;***
10563 \f
10564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10566 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
10568 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
10569 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
10570 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
10571 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
10572 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
10573 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
10575 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10577 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
10578 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
10579 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
10580 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10582 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
10583 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
10584 automatically.
10586 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
10587 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10589 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10591 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-" "log")))
10593 ;;;***
10594 \f
10595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
10596 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10597 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
10599 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
10600 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10602 \(fn)" t nil)
10604 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
10605 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10607 \(fn)" t nil)
10609 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
10610 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10612 \(fn)" t nil)
10614 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
10615 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10617 \(fn)" t nil)
10619 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
10620 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10622 \(fn)" t nil)
10624 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
10625 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10627 \(fn)" t nil)
10629 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10630 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10632 \(fn)" t nil)
10634 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10635 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10637 \(fn)" t nil)
10639 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-" "match")))
10641 ;;;***
10642 \f
10643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10644 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10645 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
10647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-" "menu")))
10649 ;;;***
10650 \f
10651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
10652 ;;;;;; 0))
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10654 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10656 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10657 Show who's gone.
10659 \(fn)" nil nil)
10661 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-" "netsplit")))
10663 ;;;***
10664 \f
10665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10666 ;;;;;; 0))
10667 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10669 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10671 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10672 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10674 \(fn)" nil nil)
10676 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10677 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10679 \(fn)" t nil)
10681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-" "networks")))
10683 ;;;***
10684 \f
10685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10686 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10687 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10689 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10690 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10691 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
10692 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10694 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10696 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10699 \(fn)" nil nil)
10701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-" "notify")))
10703 ;;;***
10704 \f
10705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
10706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10707 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
10709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-" "page")))
10711 ;;;***
10712 \f
10713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
10714 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10715 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10716 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
10718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete" "erc-pcomplet")))
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10723 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10724 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
10726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("replace" "erc-replace-")))
10728 ;;;***
10729 \f
10730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
10731 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10732 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
10734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-" "ring")))
10736 ;;;***
10737 \f
10738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
10739 ;;;;;; 0))
10740 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10741 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
10743 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
10744 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
10746 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10748 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
10750 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
10752 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
10754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-" "services")))
10756 ;;;***
10757 \f
10758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
10759 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10760 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
10762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-" "sound")))
10764 ;;;***
10765 \f
10766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
10767 ;;;;;; 0))
10768 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10770 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
10771 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
10772 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
10774 \(fn)" t nil)
10776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10778 ;;;***
10779 \f
10780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
10781 ;;;;;; 0))
10782 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10783 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
10785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-" "spelling")))
10787 ;;;***
10788 \f
10789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10791 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
10793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-" "stamp")))
10795 ;;;***
10796 \f
10797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
10798 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10800 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
10801 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
10802 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
10803 for a description of this minor mode.")
10805 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
10807 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
10808 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
10809 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
10810 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10811 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10813 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
10814 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
10815 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
10816 keybindings will not do anything useful.
10818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10819 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
10821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-" "track")))
10823 ;;;***
10824 \f
10825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
10826 ;;;;;; 0))
10827 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10828 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
10830 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
10831 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
10832 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
10833 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10835 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10837 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
10838 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
10839 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10841 \(fn)" t nil)
10843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("truncate" "erc-max-buffer-size")))
10845 ;;;***
10846 \f
10847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10848 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10849 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
10851 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
10852 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
10854 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-" "xdcc")))
10858 ;;;***
10859 \f
10860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
10861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
10863 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
10864 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
10866 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
10867 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
10869 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
10870 useful for assertions in BODY.
10872 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
10874 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
10875 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
10876 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
10880 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
10882 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
10884 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
10886 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10888 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
10889 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
10891 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
10892 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
10896 Returns the stats object.
10898 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10900 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
10901 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
10903 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
10904 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
10905 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
10906 the tests).
10908 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10910 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
10911 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
10913 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
10914 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
10915 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
10916 and how to display message.
10918 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
10920 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
10922 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
10923 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
10925 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
10927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
10929 ;;;***
10930 \f
10931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
10932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
10934 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10936 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
10937 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
10939 \(fn)" t nil)
10941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
10943 ;;;***
10944 \f
10945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10946 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
10948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
10950 ;;;***
10951 \f
10952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10953 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
10955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
10957 ;;;***
10958 \f
10959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
10960 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
10962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
10964 ;;;***
10965 \f
10966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
10969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
10971 ;;;***
10972 \f
10973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
10974 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
10976 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
10977 Emacs shell interactive mode.
10979 \(fn)" t nil)
10981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
10983 ;;;***
10984 \f
10985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
10986 ;;;;;; 0))
10987 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
10989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
10994 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
10996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
10998 ;;;***
10999 \f
11000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11001 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11005 ;;;***
11006 \f
11007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11012 ;;;***
11013 \f
11014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11015 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11019 ;;;***
11020 \f
11021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11022 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11023 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11025 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11026 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11027 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11028 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11029 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11030 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11031 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11032 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11033 buffer selected (or created).
11035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11037 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11038 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11039 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11041 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11043 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11044 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11045 The result might be any Lisp object.
11046 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11047 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11048 corresponding to a successful execution.
11050 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11052 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11056 ;;;***
11057 \f
11058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11061 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11062 File name of tags table.
11063 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
11064 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
11065 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11066 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11067 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11069 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11070 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11071 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11072 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11074 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11076 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11077 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11079 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11080 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11081 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11083 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11085 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11086 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11087 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11089 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11091 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11092 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11093 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11094 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11095 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11097 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11099 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11104 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11106 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11108 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11109 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11110 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11112 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11114 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11115 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11117 \(fn)" t nil)
11119 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11120 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11121 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11122 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11125 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
11127 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11128 file the tag was in.
11130 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11132 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11133 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11134 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11135 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11136 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11137 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11138 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11139 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11140 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11142 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
11144 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11145 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11146 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11147 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11148 without directory names.
11150 \(fn)" nil nil)
11152 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11155 \(fn)" nil nil)
11156 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11157 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11158 (progn
11159 (load "etags")
11160 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11162 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11163 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11164 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11165 but does not select the buffer.
11166 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11168 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11169 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11170 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11171 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11174 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11176 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11178 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11180 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11182 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11184 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11185 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11186 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11187 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11189 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11190 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11191 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11192 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11195 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11197 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11199 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11201 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11203 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11205 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11207 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11208 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11209 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11210 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11211 around or before point.
11213 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11214 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11215 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11216 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11219 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11221 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11223 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11225 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11227 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11229 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11231 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11232 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11233 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11234 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11235 around or before point.
11237 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11238 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11239 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11240 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11243 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11245 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11247 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11249 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11251 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11253 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11255 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11256 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11257 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11259 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11260 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11261 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11262 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11265 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11267 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11269 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11271 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11273 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11275 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11277 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11279 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11280 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11282 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11283 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11284 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11286 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11287 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11289 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11290 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11292 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11294 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11296 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11297 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11299 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11300 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11301 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11302 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11303 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11305 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11307 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11308 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11309 Stops when a match is found.
11312 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11313 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11314 restricted to these files.
11316 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11318 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11320 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11321 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11322 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11325 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11326 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
11327 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
11329 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11330 produce the list of files to search.
11332 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11334 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11336 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11337 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11338 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11339 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11340 directory specification.
11342 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11344 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11345 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11347 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11349 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11351 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11352 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11353 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11354 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11356 \(fn)" t nil)
11358 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11359 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11360 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11361 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11364 \(fn)" t nil)
11366 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11369 \(fn)" nil nil)
11371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("xref-" "etags-" "snarf-tag-function" "select-tags-table-" "tag" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "list-tags-function" "last-tag" "initialize-new-tags-table" "verify-tags-table-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "next-file-list" "default-tags-table-function")))
11373 ;;;***
11374 \f
11375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11376 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11379 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11382 \(fn)" nil nil)
11384 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11385 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11387 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11388 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11390 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11391 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11392 primary language.
11394 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11395 even if the buffer is read-only.
11397 See also the descriptions of the variables
11398 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11400 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11402 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11403 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11405 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11406 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11408 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11409 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11410 primary language.
11412 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11413 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11415 See also the descriptions of the variables
11416 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11418 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11420 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11422 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11425 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11427 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11428 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11429 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11430 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11432 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11433 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11434 primary language.
11436 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11437 buffer is read-only.
11439 See also the descriptions of the variables
11440 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11441 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11443 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11445 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11446 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11448 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11449 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11451 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11452 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11453 the primary language.
11455 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11456 buffer is read-only.
11458 See also the descriptions of the variables
11459 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11460 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11462 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11464 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11468 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11470 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11471 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11473 \(fn)" t nil)
11475 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11476 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11478 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11479 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11480 be 1, 2, or 3.
11482 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11483 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11484 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11486 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11488 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11490 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11491 This function is deprecated.
11493 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11495 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11496 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11498 \(fn)" t nil)
11500 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11501 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11503 \(fn)" t nil)
11505 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11506 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11509 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11511 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11512 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11514 \(fn)" nil nil)
11516 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11517 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11519 \(fn)" nil nil)
11521 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11522 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11524 \(fn)" nil nil)
11526 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11527 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11529 \(fn)" nil nil)
11531 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11532 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11533 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11537 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11540 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("exit-ethiopic-environment" "ethio-")))
11544 ;;;***
11545 \f
11546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11547 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11549 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11550 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11551 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11552 server for future sessions.
11554 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11556 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11557 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11558 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11560 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11562 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11563 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11564 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11566 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11568 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11569 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11570 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11571 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11572 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11573 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11574 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11575 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11576 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11577 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11578 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11579 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11581 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11583 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11584 Display a form to query the directory server.
11585 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11586 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11588 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11590 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11591 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11592 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11594 \(fn)" t nil)
11596 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11600 ;;;***
11601 \f
11602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11603 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11606 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11611 Display URL and make it clickable.
11616 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11621 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11626 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11631 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11637 ;;;***
11638 \f
11639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11643 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11644 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11649 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11655 ;;;***
11656 \f
11657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11658 ;;;;;; 0))
11659 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11662 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11668 ;;;***
11669 \f
11670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11675 ;;;***
11676 \f
11677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11678 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11682 ;;;***
11683 \f
11684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11685 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11689 ;;;***
11690 \f
11691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11696 ;;;***
11697 \f
11698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11702 Create an empty ewoc.
11704 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11706 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11707 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11708 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11709 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11710 `insert-before-markers'.
11712 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11713 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11714 respectively, of the ewoc.
11716 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11717 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11718 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11724 ;;;***
11725 \f
11726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11727 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11730 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11731 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11732 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11738 Fetch URL and render the page.
11739 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11740 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11746 Render FILE using EWW.
11751 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11752 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
11757 Mode for browsing the web.
11767 Display the bookmarks.
11773 ;;;***
11774 \f
11775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11776 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11780 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11786 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11788 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11789 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11794 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11795 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
11796 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11797 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11798 executable.
11803 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11804 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11805 file modes.
11809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11811 ;;;***
11812 \f
11813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11817 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11818 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11819 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11821 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
11823 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
11824 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
11825 to generate such functions.
11827 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
11828 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
11829 beginning of the expanded text.
11831 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
11832 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
11833 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
11834 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
11836 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
11841 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
11842 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
11847 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11848 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11853 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11854 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
11862 ;;;***
11863 \f
11864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
11865 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
11867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
11869 ;;;***
11870 \f
11871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
11872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
11875 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
11876 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
11884 Key definitions:
11887 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11889 `f90-do-indent'
11890 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
11891 `f90-if-indent'
11892 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
11893 `f90-type-indent'
11894 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
11895 `f90-program-indent'
11896 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
11897 (default 2).
11898 `f90-associate-indent'
11899 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
11900 `f90-critical-indent'
11901 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
11902 `f90-continuation-indent'
11903 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
11904 `f90-comment-region'
11907 `f90-indented-comment-re'
11908 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
11910 `f90-directive-comment-re'
11913 `f90-break-delimiters'
11914 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
11916 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
11917 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
11918 (default t).
11919 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
11920 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
11921 `f90-smart-end'
11922 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
11923 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
11924 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
11925 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
11926 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
11927 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
11928 `f90-leave-line-no'
11929 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
11931 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
11932 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11938 ;;;***
11939 \f
11940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11941 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
11944 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
11945 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
11946 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
11948 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11949 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11950 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
11951 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
11952 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
11954 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
11955 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
11956 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
11957 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
11958 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
11959 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
11960 attributes.
11962 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
11963 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
11968 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
11969 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11970 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
11975 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
11976 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11977 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
11979 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11980 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11981 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
11983 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
11984 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
11985 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
11986 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
11991 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
11992 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
11994 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
11995 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
11996 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
11997 the same amount).
12002 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12003 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12005 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12006 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12007 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12008 will remove any scaling currently active.
12013 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12014 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12023 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12025 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12027 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12028 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12030 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12031 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12032 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12034 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12035 the face height as long as the input event read
12036 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12038 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12039 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12040 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12041 will remove any scaling currently active.
12043 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12044 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12045 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12046 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12047 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12052 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12053 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12054 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12055 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12056 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12061 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12062 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12063 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12064 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12065 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12066 `buffer-face-mode'.
12068 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12069 local, and sets it to FACE.
12074 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12075 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12076 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12077 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12078 `face' text property.
12080 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12081 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12082 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12083 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12085 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12086 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12091 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12092 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12093 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12097 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "text-scale-m" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12099 ;;;***
12100 \f
12101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12106 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12107 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12108 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12113 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12118 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12119 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12120 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12125 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12126 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12127 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12128 backup file names and the like).
12133 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12134 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12135 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12136 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12137 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12138 internally by feedmail):
12140 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12141 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12142 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12143 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12145 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12146 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12147 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12148 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12149 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12155 ;;;***
12156 \f
12157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12158 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12161 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12162 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12163 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12165 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12166 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12171 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12172 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12173 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12174 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12175 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12176 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12183 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12184 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12185 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12186 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12187 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12192 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12193 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12194 Return value:
12195 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12196 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12197 * otherwise, nil
12202 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12203 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12208 Try to get a file name at point.
12209 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12214 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap-" "dired-at-point-")))
12220 ;;;***
12221 \f
12222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12223 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12226 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12227 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12228 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12233 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12234 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12235 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12236 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12237 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12242 Add FILE to the file cache.
12247 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12248 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12253 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12254 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12259 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12260 This function does not use any external programs.
12261 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12262 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12263 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12268 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12269 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12270 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12271 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12272 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12273 \(directories) is done.
12277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12279 ;;;***
12280 \f
12281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12285 Handle file system monitoring event.
12286 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12288 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12290 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12296 ;;;***
12297 \f
12298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12299 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12302 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12304 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12305 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12306 Local Variables list.
12308 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12309 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12310 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12315 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12320 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12322 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12323 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12324 the -*- line.
12326 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12327 then this function adds it.
12332 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12337 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12342 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12347 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12352 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12357 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12363 ;;;***
12364 \f
12365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12369 Filesets initialization.
12370 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12376 ;;;***
12377 \f
12378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12379 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12383 Initiate the building of a find command.
12384 For example:
12391 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12392 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12398 ;;;***
12399 \f
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12404 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12405 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12409 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12415 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12416 and run Dired on those files.
12417 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12418 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12422 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12427 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12428 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12433 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "lookfor-dired" "kill-find")))
12440 ;;;***
12441 \f
12442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12445 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12446 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12447 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12448 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12449 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12450 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12456 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12457 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12459 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12466 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12467 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12469 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12470 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12472 Variables of interest include:
12474 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12475 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12476 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12478 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12479 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12480 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12482 - `ff-ignore-include'
12483 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12485 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12486 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12488 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12489 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12491 - `ff-special-constructs'
12492 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12493 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12494 extracting the filename from that construct.
12496 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12497 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12499 - `ff-search-directories'
12500 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12501 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12503 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12504 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12506 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12507 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12509 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12510 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12512 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12513 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12515 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12516 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12521 Visit the file you click on.
12526 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-")))
12532 ;;;***
12533 \f
12534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12535 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12539 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12540 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library). If the
12541 optional OTHER-WINDOW argument (i.e., the command argument) is
12542 specified, pop to a different window before displaying the
12543 buffer.
12548 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12549 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12550 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12552 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12553 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12554 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12555 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12560 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12562 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12563 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12564 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12565 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12567 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12568 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12569 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12571 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12572 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12573 in `load-path'.
12578 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12580 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12581 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12582 places point before the definition.
12583 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12585 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12586 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12587 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12592 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12594 See `find-function' for more details.
12599 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12601 See `find-function' for more details.
12606 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12608 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12609 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12610 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12612 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12613 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12618 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12620 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12621 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12622 places point before the definition.
12624 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12626 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12627 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12628 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12633 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12635 See `find-variable' for more details.
12640 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12642 See `find-variable' for more details.
12647 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12648 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12649 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12650 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12651 buffer nor display it.
12653 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12654 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12659 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12661 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12662 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12663 places point before the definition.
12665 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12667 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12668 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12669 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12674 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12675 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12680 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12681 See `find-function-on-key'.
12686 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12687 See `find-function-on-key'.
12692 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12697 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12702 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-")))
12708 ;;;***
12709 \f
12710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12711 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12714 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12719 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12724 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12730 ;;;***
12731 \f
12732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
12737 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
12742 Display FILE's commentary section.
12743 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
12748 Find packages matching a given keyword.
12752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
12754 ;;;***
12755 \f
12756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12757 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
12760 Toggle flow control handling.
12762 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
12767 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
12769 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
12771 to get the effect of a C-q.
12775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
12777 ;;;***
12778 \f
12779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
12792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
12794 ;;;***
12795 \f
12796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
12797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
12801 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
12802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
12803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12804 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
12810 Turn flymake mode on.
12815 Turn flymake mode off.
12824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
12826 ;;;***
12827 \f
12828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
12829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
12832 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
12838 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
12839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
12840 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12841 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12843 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
12844 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
12845 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
12847 Bindings:
12853 Hooks:
12854 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
12856 Remark:
12857 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
12858 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
12859 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
12861 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
12862 consider adding:
12864 in your init file.
12872 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
12877 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
12882 Turn Flyspell mode off.
12887 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
12892 Flyspell whole buffer.
12896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
12898 ;;;***
12899 \f
12900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
12901 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
12904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
12906 ;;;***
12907 \f
12908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
12909 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
12912 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12917 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12922 Toggle Follow mode.
12923 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
12924 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12925 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12927 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
12928 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
12930 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
12931 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
12932 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
12934 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
12935 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
12936 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
12937 movement commands.
12939 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
12940 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
12941 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
12942 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
12943 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
12944 mileage may vary).
12946 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
12949 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
12951 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
12953 Keys specific to Follow mode:
12959 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
12960 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
12962 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
12963 the window will be visible after the scroll.
12965 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
12966 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
12968 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
12973 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
12974 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
12976 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
12977 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
12979 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
12980 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
12982 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
12987 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
12989 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
12990 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
12992 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
12993 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
12995 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13000 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13002 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13003 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13005 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13006 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13008 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13013 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13015 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13016 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13017 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13018 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13019 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13020 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13022 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13023 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13024 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13030 ;;;***
13031 \f
13032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13033 ;;;;;; 0))
13034 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "xlfd-" "x-")))
13038 ;;;***
13039 \f
13040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13045 Toggle Footnote mode.
13046 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13047 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13048 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13050 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13051 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13052 play around with the following keys:
13057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-" "Footnote-")))
13059 ;;;***
13060 \f
13061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13062 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13066 ;;;***
13067 \f
13068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13069 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13072 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13074 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13075 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13076 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13077 C-c < forms-first-record <
13078 C-c > forms-last-record >
13079 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13080 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13081 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13082 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13083 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13084 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13085 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13086 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13087 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13088 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13093 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13098 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13104 ;;;***
13105 \f
13106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13110 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13111 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13114 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13118 Key definitions:
13121 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13123 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13125 `fortran-do-indent'
13126 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13127 `fortran-if-indent'
13128 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13129 `fortran-structure-indent'
13130 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13131 (default 3)
13132 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13133 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13134 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13135 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13136 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13137 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13138 nil don't change the indentation
13139 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13140 value of either
13141 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13142 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13143 depending on the continuation format in use.
13144 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13145 indentation for a line of code.
13146 (default `fixed')
13147 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13148 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13150 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13151 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13152 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13153 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13154 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13155 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13156 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13157 column 5.
13158 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13160 statements (default nil).
13161 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13163 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13164 `fortran-continuation-string'
13165 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13167 `fortran-comment-region'
13170 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13171 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13172 as typed (default t).
13173 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13174 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13176 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13177 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13183 ;;;***
13184 \f
13185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13186 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13189 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13191 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13192 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13197 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13199 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13200 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13205 Compile fortune file.
13207 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13208 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13213 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13215 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13216 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13217 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13218 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13223 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13224 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13225 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13230 Display a fortune cookie.
13231 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13232 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13233 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13234 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13240 ;;;***
13241 \f
13242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13243 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13245 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13246 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13249 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13250 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13254 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13256 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13257 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13259 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13260 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13261 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13262 intend to modify existing values, do
13264 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13266 before changing anything.
13268 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13269 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13271 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13272 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13273 to restore the frame.
13275 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13276 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13277 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13279 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13280 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13281 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13282 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13283 FILTER A filter function.
13285 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13286 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13288 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13290 where
13292 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13293 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13294 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13295 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13296 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13297 before restoring it.
13298 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13300 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13301 It must return:
13302 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13303 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13304 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13306 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13310 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13311 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13312 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13313 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13314 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13315 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13320 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13325 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13326 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13327 If nil, check all live frames.
13332 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13333 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13334 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13335 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13336 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13337 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13338 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13339 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13340 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13341 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13346 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13348 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13349 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13350 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13351 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13352 and window-state is not restored.
13354 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13355 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13357 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13358 t All existing frames can be reused.
13359 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13360 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13361 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13362 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13364 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13365 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13366 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13367 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13368 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13369 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13370 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13371 be created from that parameter alist.
13373 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13374 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13375 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13376 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13377 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13378 - the live frame just restored,
13379 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13380 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13381 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13384 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13385 nil Keep all frames.
13386 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13387 - FRAME, a live frame.
13388 - ACTION, which can be one of
13389 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13390 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13391 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13392 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13393 Return value is ignored.
13395 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13396 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13397 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13398 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13399 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13401 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13403 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13406 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13407 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13412 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13413 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13418 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13420 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13422 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13428 ;;;***
13429 \f
13430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13431 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13435 ;;;***
13436 \f
13437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13438 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13443 ;;;***
13444 \f
13445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13446 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13450 ;;;***
13451 \f
13452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13456 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13457 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13463 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13464 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13465 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13466 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13467 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13468 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13473 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13475 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13476 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13477 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13478 for your debugger.
13479 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13480 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13481 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13482 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13487 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13488 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13489 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13490 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13492 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13493 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13494 shown in some of the buffers.
13496 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13498 The following commands help control operation :
13500 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13501 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13503 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13504 detailed description of this mode.
13507 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13508 | GDB Toolbar |
13509 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13510 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13511 | | |
13512 | | |
13513 | | |
13514 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13515 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13516 | | (comint-mode) |
13517 | | |
13518 | | |
13519 | | |
13520 | | |
13521 | | |
13522 | | |
13523 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13524 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13525 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13526 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13527 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13528 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb" "gud-" "def-gdb-" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13534 ;;;***
13535 \f
13536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13537 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13542 ;;;***
13543 \f
13544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13548 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13549 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13553 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13555 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13556 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13557 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13558 documentation string instead.
13560 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13561 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13565 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13566 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13567 enders are actually possible.
13569 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13570 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13572 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13573 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13574 `font-lock-keywords'.
13576 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13577 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13578 runs the macro expansion.
13580 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13581 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13582 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13584 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13586 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13593 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13598 Enter generic mode MODE.
13600 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13602 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13604 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13605 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13610 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13611 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13612 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13613 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13614 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13615 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13616 `font-lock-keywords'.
13622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
13624 ;;;***
13625 \f
13626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13627 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
13631 ;;;***
13632 \f
13633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13637 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13638 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13639 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13640 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13641 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13647 ;;;***
13648 \f
13649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13650 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13653 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13654 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13659 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13661 Guideline for numbers:
13662 1 - error messages
13663 3 - non-serious error messages
13664 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13665 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13666 9 - messages inside loops.
13671 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13672 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13677 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13682 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13684 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13685 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13687 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13688 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13689 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13691 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13692 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13697 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("gmm-" "defun-gmm")))
13703 ;;;***
13704 \f
13705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13706 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13712 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13717 Read network news.
13718 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13719 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13720 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13721 name of an NNTP server to use.
13722 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13723 server.
13728 Read news as a slave.
13733 Pop up a frame to read news.
13734 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13735 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
13736 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
13737 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
13738 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
13740 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
13741 current display is used.
13746 Read network news.
13747 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
13748 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
13749 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
13755 ;;;***
13756 \f
13757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
13758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
13761 Start Gnus unplugged.
13766 Start Gnus plugged.
13771 Read news as a slave unplugged.
13776 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
13778 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
13779 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
13780 customize gnus-agent to nil.
13782 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
13783 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
13784 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
13789 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
13794 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13795 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13796 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13797 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13798 supported.
13803 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
13804 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13805 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13806 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13807 supported.
13812 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
13817 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
13818 downloaded into the agent.
13823 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
13824 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
13825 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
13830 Start Gnus and fetch session.
13835 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
13840 Regenerate all agent covered files.
13841 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
13845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
13847 ;;;***
13848 \f
13849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
13850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
13853 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
13857 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
13859 ;;;***
13860 \f
13861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
13862 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
13864 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
13866 ;;;***
13867 \f
13868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
13869 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
13871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
13873 ;;;***
13874 \f
13875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
13876 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
13877 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
13880 Set a bookmark for this article.
13885 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
13890 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
13891 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
13892 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
13893 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
13897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
13899 ;;;***
13900 \f
13901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
13902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
13905 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
13907 Usage:
13908 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
13913 Generate the cache active file.
13918 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
13923 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13924 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13925 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
13926 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13927 supported.
13932 Delete GROUP from the cache.
13933 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13934 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
13935 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13936 supported.
13940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
13942 ;;;***
13943 \f
13944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
13945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
13947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("turn-o" "gnus-")))
13949 ;;;***
13950 \f
13951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
13952 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
13954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
13956 ;;;***
13957 \f
13958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
13961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
13963 ;;;***
13964 \f
13965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
13966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
13969 Delay this article by some time.
13970 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
13972 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
13973 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
13975 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
13976 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
13978 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
13979 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
13984 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
13989 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
13990 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
13991 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
13993 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
13994 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
13998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
14000 ;;;***
14001 \f
14002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14003 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14007 ;;;***
14008 \f
14009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14024 ;;;***
14025 \f
14026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14030 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14036 ;;;***
14037 \f
14038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14042 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14048 ;;;***
14049 \f
14050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14053 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14055 ;;;***
14056 \f
14057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14062 ;;;***
14063 \f
14064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14068 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14075 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14077 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14082 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14087 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14089 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14090 different input formats.
14095 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14097 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14098 different input formats.
14103 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14104 The PNG is returned as a string.
14109 Convert FILE to a Face.
14110 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14111 726 bytes.
14116 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14118 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14123 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14129 ;;;***
14130 \f
14131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14132 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14136 Display gravatar in the From header.
14137 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14142 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14143 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14149 ;;;***
14150 \f
14151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14155 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14156 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14157 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14162 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14168 ;;;***
14169 \f
14170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14183 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14185 ;;;***
14186 \f
14187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14188 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14189 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14191 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14193 ;;;***
14194 \f
14195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14196 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14200 ;;;***
14201 \f
14202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14208 Run batched scoring.
14209 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14213 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14215 ;;;***
14216 \f
14217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14222 ;;;***
14223 \f
14224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14227 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14229 ;;;***
14230 \f
14231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14240 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14241 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14246 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14252 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14254 ;;;***
14255 \f
14256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14260 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14261 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14262 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14263 group parameters.
14265 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14266 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14267 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14268 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14270 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14271 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14272 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14273 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14274 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14275 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14276 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14277 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14278 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14279 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14284 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14285 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
14286 nil CATCH-ALL).
14288 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14289 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14294 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14295 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14297 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14302 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14303 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14305 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14307 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14308 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14309 existing groups are considered.
14311 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14312 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14313 returned.
14315 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14316 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14317 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14318 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14319 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14320 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14321 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14322 clauses will be generated.
14324 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14325 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14326 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14327 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14328 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14329 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14331 For example, given the following group parameters:
14333 nnml:mail.bar:
14336 nnml:mail.foo:
14341 nnml:mail.others:
14342 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14356 ;;;***
14357 \f
14358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14362 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14363 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14364 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14365 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14366 instead.
14368 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14371 Mail to ADDRESS.
14376 Like `message-reply'.
14380 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14384 ;;;***
14385 \f
14386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14387 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14391 Send a notification on new message.
14392 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14393 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14394 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14396 This is typically a function to add in
14397 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14401 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14403 ;;;***
14404 \f
14405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14409 Display picons in the From header.
14410 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14415 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14416 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14421 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14422 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14428 ;;;***
14429 \f
14430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14434 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14435 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14436 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14441 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14442 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14443 LIST1 is modified.
14448 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14449 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14459 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14460 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14465 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14466 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14473 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14474 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14479 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14480 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14485 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14486 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14491 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14497 ;;;***
14498 \f
14499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14500 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14504 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14509 Install the registry hooks.
14513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14515 ;;;***
14516 \f
14517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14518 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14519 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14523 ;;;***
14524 \f
14525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14530 ;;;***
14531 \f
14532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14535 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14537 ;;;***
14538 \f
14539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14543 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14544 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14545 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14546 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14547 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14552 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14553 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14554 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14555 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14566 ;;;***
14567 \f
14568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14572 Update the format specification near point.
14576 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14578 ;;;***
14579 \f
14580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14585 ;;;***
14586 \f
14587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14588 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14591 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14597 ;;;***
14598 \f
14599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14600 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14603 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14604 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14610 ;;;***
14611 \f
14612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14613 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14617 ;;;***
14618 \f
14619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14620 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
14624 ;;;***
14625 \f
14626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14627 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14631 ;;;***
14632 \f
14633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
14638 ;;;***
14639 \f
14640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14641 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
14645 ;;;***
14646 \f
14647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14648 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14651 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14657 ;;;***
14658 \f
14659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14660 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14663 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14664 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14665 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14666 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14667 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14675 ;;;***
14676 \f
14677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14678 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14681 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14683 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14684 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14685 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14687 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14688 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14689 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14691 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14694 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14695 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
14703 ;;;***
14704 \f
14705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14706 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14711 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14712 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14713 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14714 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14719 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14720 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14721 or to send e-mail.
14722 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14723 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14725 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14726 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14732 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14734 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14735 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14740 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
14744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
14746 ;;;***
14747 \f
14748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
14749 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
14752 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
14753 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
14758 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
14762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
14764 ;;;***
14765 \f
14766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
14767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
14776 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
14777 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
14778 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
14780 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14781 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14788 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14789 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14799 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
14803 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
14807 The default find program.
14808 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
14812 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
14813 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
14817 How to invoke find and grep.
14818 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
14819 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
14820 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
14821 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
14832 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
14833 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
14843 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
14848 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
14850 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
14853 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
14854 arguments.
14856 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
14857 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
14859 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
14860 can easily repeat a grep command.
14862 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
14863 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
14864 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
14865 list is empty).
14870 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
14871 Collect output in a buffer.
14873 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
14875 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
14876 easily repeat a find command.
14883 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
14884 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14885 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14886 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14889 before it is executed.
14892 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
14893 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14894 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
14901 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
14902 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14903 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14904 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14907 before it is executed.
14910 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
14911 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14912 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
14917 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
14918 to specify a command to run.
14923 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
14924 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
14925 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
14931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("rgrep-default-command" "grep-" "kill-grep")))
14933 ;;;***
14934 \f
14935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (0 0 0 0))
14936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
14939 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
14940 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
14941 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
14948 ;;;***
14949 \f
14950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
14951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
14953 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("open-gssapi-stream" "gssapi-program")))
14955 ;;;***
14956 \f
14957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
14961 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
14962 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
14963 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
14964 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
14965 for your debugger.
14966 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
14967 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
14968 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
14969 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
14974 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14975 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14976 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14981 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14982 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14983 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14988 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14989 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14990 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14992 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
14993 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
14998 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14999 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15000 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15005 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15006 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15007 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15012 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15013 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15014 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15019 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15022 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15024 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15025 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15026 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15027 original source file access method.
15029 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15030 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15035 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15040 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15041 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15042 for a description of this minor mode.
15043 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15044 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15050 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
15052 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15053 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
15057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gdb-" "gud-")))
15059 ;;;***
15060 \f
15061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15065 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15066 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15067 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15068 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15069 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15070 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15071 set it to.
15072 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15077 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15078 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15079 of PLACE.
15080 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15081 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15082 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15083 and SETTER.
15084 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15085 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15092 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15093 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15094 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15095 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15106 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15108 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15111 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15112 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15113 well for simple place forms.
15114 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15115 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15116 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15117 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15118 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15119 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15127 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15128 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15129 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15130 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15132 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15133 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15134 (let ((temp VAL))
15135 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15136 temp)
15137 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15142 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15143 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15144 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15145 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15146 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15153 Return a reference to PLACE.
15154 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15155 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15157 binding mode.
15163 ;;;***
15164 \f
15165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15166 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15170 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15171 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15173 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15174 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15175 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15176 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15182 ;;;***
15183 \f
15184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15185 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15186 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("han")))
15190 ;;;***
15191 \f
15192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15193 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15196 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15201 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15202 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15203 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15205 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15210 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15211 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15212 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15213 to be updated.
15217 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15219 ;;;***
15220 \f
15221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15222 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15225 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15230 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15231 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15236 Verify a hashcash payment
15241 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15242 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15243 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15244 `mail-add-payment-async').
15249 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15250 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15251 Calculation is asynchronous.
15256 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15257 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15261 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15263 ;;;***
15264 \f
15265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15266 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15269 Return the help-echo string at point.
15270 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15271 property, or nil, is returned.
15272 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15273 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15274 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15279 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15280 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15281 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15282 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15287 Display local help in the echo area.
15288 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15289 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15290 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15291 printed instead.
15293 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15294 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15295 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15300 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15301 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15306 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15307 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15312 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15313 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15314 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15315 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15316 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15317 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15318 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15319 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15320 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15321 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15323 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15324 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15325 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15326 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15327 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15329 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15330 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15331 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15332 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15333 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15334 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15335 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15341 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15342 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15343 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15344 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15345 considered different regions.
15347 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15348 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15349 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15350 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15351 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15352 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15353 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15354 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15355 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15360 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15361 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15362 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15363 different regions.
15365 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15366 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15367 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15368 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15369 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15370 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15371 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15372 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15374 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15375 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15376 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15377 rarely happens in practice.
15382 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15383 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15384 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15385 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15386 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("scan-buf-move-hook" "help-at-pt-")))
15392 ;;;***
15393 \f
15394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15395 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15398 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15403 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15404 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15409 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15410 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15411 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15412 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15413 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15414 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15416 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15417 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15418 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15419 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15420 suitable file is found, return nil.
15430 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15431 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15432 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15437 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15438 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15439 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15440 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15441 it is displayed along with the global value.
15446 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15447 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15448 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15449 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15450 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15455 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15456 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15457 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15462 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15463 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15464 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15465 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15470 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15475 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("help-" "describe-")))
15481 ;;;***
15482 \f
15483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15484 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15487 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15488 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15489 window listing and describing the options.
15495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15497 ;;;***
15498 \f
15499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15500 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15503 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15504 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15505 Commands:
15511 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15516 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15523 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15524 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15525 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15528 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15530 restore it properly when going back.
15535 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15536 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15537 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15538 from `help-mode'.
15540 it does not already exist.
15545 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15547 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15548 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15549 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15550 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15551 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15552 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15553 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15554 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15556 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15557 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15558 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15559 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15561 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15562 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15563 that.
15568 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15569 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15570 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15571 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15572 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15577 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15578 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15579 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15580 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15585 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15592 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15593 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15594 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15598 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("help-" "describe-symbol-backends")))
15600 ;;;***
15601 \f
15602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
15603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
15606 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
15611 Provide help for current mode.
15615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-")))
15617 ;;;***
15618 \f
15619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15620 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
15622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("encode-hex-string" "decode-hex-string")))
15624 ;;;***
15625 \f
15626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
15627 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
15631 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
15632 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
15633 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
15635 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
15636 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
15639 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
15640 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
15641 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
15643 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
15644 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
15645 periods.
15647 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
15648 in hexl format.
15650 A sample format:
15652 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
15653 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
15654 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
15655 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
15656 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
15657 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
15658 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
15659 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
15660 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
15661 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
15662 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
15663 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
15664 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
15665 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
15666 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
15668 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
15669 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
15670 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
15672 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
15673 also supported.
15675 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
15677 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
15678 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
15679 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
15682 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
15683 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
15686 into the buffer at the current point.
15689 into the buffer at the current point.
15692 into the buffer at the current point.
15696 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
15697 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
15706 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
15707 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
15708 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
15713 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
15714 This discards the buffer's undo information.
15718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("hexl-" "dehexlify-buffer")))
15720 ;;;***
15721 \f
15722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
15723 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
15726 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
15727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
15728 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15729 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15731 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
15733 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
15734 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
15736 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
15737 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
15738 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
15739 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
15743 which can be called interactively, are:
15746 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15749 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
15750 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
15751 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
15754 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15757 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
15758 available face automatically.
15761 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
15764 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
15766 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
15768 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
15769 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
15770 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
15771 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
15772 function returns t.
15775 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
15777 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
15778 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
15779 form:
15780 Hi-lock: FOO
15782 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
15783 position (number of characters into buffer)
15784 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
15785 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
15786 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
15791 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
15792 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
15793 for a description of this minor mode.
15794 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15795 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15801 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
15802 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
15803 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
15804 ARG is omitted or nil.
15806 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
15807 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
15808 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
15815 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
15816 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15817 Use the global history list for FACE.
15819 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15820 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15821 highlighting will not update as you type.
15828 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
15829 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15830 Use the global history list for FACE.
15832 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15833 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15834 highlighting will not update as you type.
15841 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
15842 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15843 Use the global history list for FACE.
15845 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
15846 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
15847 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
15849 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15850 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15851 highlighting will not update as you type.
15858 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
15859 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
15860 unless you use a prefix argument.
15861 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
15863 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
15864 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
15871 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
15872 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
15873 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
15875 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
15880 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
15882 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
15883 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
15884 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
15888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
15890 ;;;***
15891 \f
15892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
15893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
15896 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
15897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
15898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15901 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
15902 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
15903 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
15904 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
15906 `hide-ifdef-env'
15907 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
15908 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
15909 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
15910 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
15911 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
15912 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
15913 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
15915 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
15916 An association list of defined symbol lists.
15917 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15918 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15919 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
15921 `hide-ifdef-lines'
15922 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
15923 #endif lines when hiding.
15925 `hide-ifdef-initially'
15926 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
15927 is activated.
15929 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
15930 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
15931 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
15937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("hif-" "hide-ifdef" "show-ifdef" "previous-ifdef" "next-ifdef" "up-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "backward-ifdef" "forward-ifdef" "intern-safe")))
15939 ;;;***
15940 \f
15941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
15942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
15944 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
15945 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
15946 Each element has the form
15947 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
15949 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
15950 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
15952 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
15953 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
15955 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
15956 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
15957 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
15958 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
15959 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
15960 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
15962 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
15963 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
15965 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
15966 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
15968 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
15969 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
15973 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
15974 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
15975 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
15976 if ARG is omitted or nil.
15978 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
15979 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
15980 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
15982 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
15983 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
15984 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
15986 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
15987 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
15989 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
15991 Key bindings:
15997 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
16001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
16003 ;;;***
16004 \f
16005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
16006 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
16009 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
16011 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
16012 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16014 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16015 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16017 this on and off.
16019 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16024 through various faces.
16026 buffer with the contents of a file
16032 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16033 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
16034 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
16035 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16037 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16038 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16039 in a distinctive face.
16041 The default value can be customized with variable
16042 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16044 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16049 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16050 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16055 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16060 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16065 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16067 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16068 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16069 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16070 shown in the last face in the list.
16072 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16073 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16074 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16081 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16083 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16085 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16086 to save the file.
16088 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16089 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16091 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16098 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16100 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16101 this function is called interactively.
16103 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16104 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16105 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16107 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16114 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16115 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16116 for a description of this minor mode.
16117 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16118 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16124 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16125 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16126 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16127 ARG is omitted or nil.
16129 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16130 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16131 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("highlight-" "hilit-chg-" "global-highlight-changes")))
16137 ;;;***
16138 \f
16139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16140 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16143 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16144 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16145 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16151 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16152 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16153 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16154 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16155 expansions.
16156 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16158 undoes the expansion.
16163 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16164 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16165 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16169 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("hippie-expand-" "he-" "try-")))
16171 ;;;***
16172 \f
16173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16174 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16177 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16178 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16179 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16180 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16182 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16183 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16184 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16185 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16186 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16187 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16189 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16190 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16191 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16192 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16197 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16198 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16199 for a description of this minor mode.
16200 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16201 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16207 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16208 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16209 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16210 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16212 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16213 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16214 windows.
16216 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16217 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("hl-line-" "global-hl-line-")))
16223 ;;;***
16224 \f
16225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16226 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16230 ;;;***
16231 \f
16232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16233 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16235 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16237 ;;;***
16238 \f
16239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16240 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16242 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16243 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16250 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16251 Oriental holidays.
16259 Local holidays.
16267 User defined holidays.
16274 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16275 Jewish holidays.
16282 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16283 Christian holidays.
16290 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16291 Islamic holidays.
16298 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16299 Bahá’à holidays.
16306 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16307 Sun-related holidays.
16317 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16318 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16319 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
16324 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16325 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16326 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16327 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16329 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16330 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16332 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16333 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16335 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16336 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16337 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16338 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16339 of a holiday list.
16341 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("holiday-" "calendar-")))
16349 ;;;***
16350 \f
16351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "net/html2text.el" (0 0 0 0))
16352 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/html2text.el
16355 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
16359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "html2text" '("html2text-")))
16361 ;;;***
16362 \f
16363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16364 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16368 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16369 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16370 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16371 as possible.
16373 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16374 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16375 fontified display.
16377 You should, however, note that random control or non-ASCII
16378 characters such as ^L (U+000C FORM FEED (FF)) or ¤ (U+00A4
16379 CURRENCY SIGN) won't get mapped yet.
16381 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16382 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16383 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16388 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16389 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16391 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16397 ;;;***
16398 \f
16399 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16400 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16401 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "shell-command-" "size" "alphabetic" "major-mode" "mode" "print" "predicate" "content" "name" "derived-mode" "used-mode" "query-replace" "rename-uniquely" "revert" "replace-regexp" "view-and-eval" "eval")))
16405 ;;;***
16406 \f
16407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16408 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16411 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16413 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16414 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16415 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16417 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16418 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16419 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16420 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16421 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16422 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16424 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16425 title of the column.
16427 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16428 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16429 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16430 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16431 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16438 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16439 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16440 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16441 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16443 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16444 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16454 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16455 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16456 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16457 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16458 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16460 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16461 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16462 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16463 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16464 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16465 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16466 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16467 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16468 values are:
16469 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16470 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16471 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16472 buffer's modification flag.
16473 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16474 prompted before performing this operation.
16475 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16476 operation is complete, in the form:
16478 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16479 confirmation message, in the form:
16481 COMPLEX means this function is special; if COMPLEX is nil BODY
16482 evaluates once for each marked buffer, MBUF, with MBUF current
16483 and saving the point. If COMPLEX is non-nil, BODY evaluates
16484 without requiring MBUF current.
16485 BODY define the operation; they are forms to evaluate per each
16486 marked buffer. BODY is evaluated with `buf' bound to the
16487 buffer object.
16489 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16496 Define a filter named NAME.
16497 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16498 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16499 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16501 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16502 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16503 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16504 bound to the current value of the filter.
16512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-")))
16514 ;;;***
16515 \f
16516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16517 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16520 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16521 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16522 buffers which are visiting a file.
16527 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16528 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16529 buffers which are visiting a file.
16534 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16535 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16537 All arguments are optional.
16538 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16540 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16541 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16542 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16543 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16544 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16545 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16546 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16547 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16548 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16549 that value locally in this buffer.
16553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "process" "mark" "mod" "size" "name" "locked" "read-only")))
16555 ;;;***
16556 \f
16557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16558 ;;;;;; 0))
16559 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16563 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16564 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16565 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16570 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16571 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16572 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16573 ICAL-FILENAME.
16574 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16575 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16576 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16581 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
16582 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
16583 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
16584 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
16585 non-marking or not.
16590 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
16592 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
16593 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
16594 DIARY-FILE.
16596 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
16597 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
16598 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
16600 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
16601 non-marking.
16603 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
16604 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
16605 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar-")))
16611 ;;;***
16612 \f
16613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
16614 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
16617 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
16618 See the `icomplete-mode' command
16619 for a description of this minor mode.
16620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16621 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16627 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
16628 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
16629 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16630 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16632 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
16633 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
16634 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
16635 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
16637 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
16640 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
16641 completions:
16651 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-")))
16653 ;;;***
16654 \f
16655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
16656 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
16659 Major mode for editing Icon code.
16660 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
16661 Tab indents for Icon code.
16662 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16663 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16665 Variables controlling indentation style:
16666 icon-tab-always-indent
16667 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
16668 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16669 icon-auto-newline
16670 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
16671 inserted in Icon code.
16672 icon-indent-level
16673 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
16674 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16675 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16676 icon-continued-statement-offset
16677 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16678 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16679 icon-continued-brace-offset
16680 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16681 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
16682 icon-brace-offset
16683 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16684 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
16685 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16686 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16688 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
16689 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
16693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("indent-icon-exp" "icon-" "electric-icon-brace" "end-of-icon-defun" "beginning-of-icon-defun" "mark-icon-function" "calculate-icon-indent")))
16695 ;;;***
16696 \f
16697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
16698 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
16701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-")))
16703 ;;;***
16704 \f
16705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
16706 ;;;;;; 0))
16707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
16709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
16711 ;;;***
16712 \f
16713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
16714 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
16718 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
16719 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
16720 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
16722 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
16723 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
16724 separate frames.
16726 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
16727 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
16729 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
16730 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
16731 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
16737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
16739 ;;;***
16740 \f
16741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
16742 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
16745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
16747 ;;;***
16748 \f
16749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
16750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
16754 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
16756 The main features of this mode are
16758 1. Indentation and Formatting
16759 --------------------------
16760 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
16761 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
16764 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
16765 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
16766 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
16768 Comments are indented as follows:
16770 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
16771 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
16772 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
16774 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
16777 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
16778 relative to the first will be retained. Use
16780 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
16781 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
16783 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
16788 2. Routine Info
16789 ------------
16790 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
16791 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
16793 source file of a module. These commands know about system
16794 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
16795 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
16796 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
16797 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
16799 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
16801 3. Online IDL Help
16802 ---------------
16805 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
16806 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
16807 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
16809 4. Completion
16810 ----------
16812 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
16813 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
16814 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
16815 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
16816 upper case.
16818 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
16819 --------------------------------
16820 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
16835 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
16838 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
16839 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
16842 6. Automatic Case Conversion
16843 -------------------------
16844 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
16845 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
16847 7. Automatic END completion
16848 ------------------------
16849 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
16850 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
16852 8. Hooks
16853 -----
16854 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
16855 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
16857 9. Documentation and Customization
16858 -------------------------------
16859 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
16861 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
16862 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
16863 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
16864 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
16866 10.Keybindings
16867 -----------
16868 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
16870 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
16876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
16878 ;;;***
16879 \f
16880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
16881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
16884 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
16885 The following values are possible:
16886 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
16887 displaying...)
16888 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
16889 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
16890 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
16892 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16898 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
16899 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16900 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
16901 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
16902 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
16903 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
16904 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
16905 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
16910 Switch to another buffer.
16911 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
16912 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16913 in another frame.
16915 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
16916 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
16917 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
16918 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
16921 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
16922 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
16929 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
16930 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
16931 in a separate window.
16945 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
16946 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16947 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16952 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
16953 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16954 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16959 Kill a buffer.
16960 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16961 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16966 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
16967 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16968 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16973 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
16974 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16975 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16980 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
16985 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
16986 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
16987 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16988 in another frame.
16990 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
16991 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
16992 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
16993 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
16994 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
16997 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
16998 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
17005 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
17006 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
17007 in a separate window.
17030 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17031 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17032 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17037 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17038 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17039 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17044 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17045 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17046 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17051 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17052 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17053 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17058 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17059 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17060 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17065 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17066 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17067 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17072 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17073 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17074 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17079 Write current buffer to a file.
17080 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17081 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17086 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17087 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17088 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17093 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17094 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17095 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17100 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17101 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17102 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17103 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17104 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17109 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17110 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17111 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17116 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17117 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17118 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17123 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17124 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17125 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17126 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17127 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17128 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17129 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17130 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17131 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17132 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17133 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17134 with point positioned at the end.
17135 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17136 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17138 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17142 ;;;***
17143 \f
17144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17145 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17148 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17149 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
17150 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17154 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("inferior-emacs-lisp-mode" "ielm-")))
17156 ;;;***
17157 \f
17158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17159 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17161 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17163 ;;;***
17164 \f
17165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17166 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17171 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17172 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
17173 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17174 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
17179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-" "turn-off-iimage-mode")))
17181 ;;;***
17182 \f
17183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17184 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17187 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17188 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17189 be determined.
17194 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17195 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17196 be determined.
17201 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17202 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17203 be determined.
17208 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17209 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17210 be determined.
17215 Determine and return image type.
17216 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17217 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17218 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17219 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17220 use its file extension as image type.
17221 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17226 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17227 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17232 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17233 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17235 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17236 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17237 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17238 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17239 must be available.
17244 Create an image.
17245 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17246 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17247 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17248 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17249 use its file extension as image type.
17250 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17251 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17252 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17253 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17255 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17257 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17259 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17264 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17265 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17266 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17267 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17268 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17269 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17270 POS may be an integer or marker.
17271 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17272 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17273 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17274 means display it in the right marginal area.
17279 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17280 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17281 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17282 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17283 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17284 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17285 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17286 means display it in the right marginal area.
17287 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17288 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17289 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17290 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17291 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17296 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17297 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17298 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17299 STRING is a single space.
17300 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17301 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17302 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17303 means display it in the right marginal area.
17304 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17309 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17310 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17311 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17316 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17318 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17320 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17321 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17322 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17323 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17324 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17325 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17326 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17327 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17328 satisfied.
17330 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17332 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17337 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17339 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17340 documentation string.
17342 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17343 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17344 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17345 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17346 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17347 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17348 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17349 define SYMBOL.
17351 Example:
17361 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17362 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17363 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17365 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17366 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17367 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17368 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17370 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image")))
17376 ;;;***
17377 \f
17378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17379 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17383 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17384 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17385 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17386 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17387 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17392 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17394 Convenience command that:
17396 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17397 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17398 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17400 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17401 image files in dired and type
17404 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17406 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17407 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17412 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17413 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17414 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17415 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17416 another one).
17418 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17419 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17420 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17422 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17423 instead of erasing it first.
17425 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17426 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17427 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17428 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17429 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17430 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17435 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17436 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17437 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17438 displayed.
17447 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17452 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17453 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17458 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17463 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17464 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17465 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17470 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17475 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17480 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17485 Display current image file.
17486 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17487 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17492 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17497 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17498 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17499 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17500 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17501 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17502 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17507 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17508 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17509 easy-to-use form.
17513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-")))
17515 ;;;***
17516 \f
17517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17518 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17520 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17521 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17522 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17523 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17525 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17526 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17527 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17533 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17534 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17535 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17537 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17538 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17539 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17545 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
17550 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
17551 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
17552 the command `insert-file-contents'.
17557 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
17558 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
17559 for a description of this minor mode.
17560 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17561 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17567 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
17568 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
17569 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17570 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17572 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
17573 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
17574 `image-file-name-regexps'.
17578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-")))
17580 ;;;***
17581 \f
17582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17583 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
17586 Major mode for image files.
17587 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
17588 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
17590 Key bindings:
17596 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
17597 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
17598 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17599 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17602 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
17603 actual image.
17608 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
17609 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
17610 displays an image file as text.
17619 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-")))
17621 ;;;***
17622 \f
17623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
17624 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
17628 ;;;***
17629 \f
17630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
17631 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
17634 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
17636 Affects only the mouse index menu.
17638 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
17639 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
17640 in the buffer.
17642 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
17644 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
17645 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
17651 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
17652 Each element of this list should have the form
17654 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
17656 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
17657 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
17658 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
17659 matches are put).
17660 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
17661 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
17662 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
17663 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
17664 another element.
17665 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
17666 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
17667 the menu item.
17668 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
17669 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
17670 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
17671 the ARGUMENTS.
17673 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
17674 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
17675 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
17677 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
17678 create a buffer index.
17680 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
17681 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
17689 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
17691 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
17692 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
17693 called within a `save-excursion'.
17700 Function for finding the next index position.
17702 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
17703 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
17704 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
17705 file.
17707 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
17713 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
17715 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
17716 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
17722 Function to compare string with index item.
17724 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
17725 non-nil if they match.
17727 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
17728 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
17735 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
17746 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
17747 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
17748 See the command `imenu' for more information.
17755 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
17760 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
17761 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
17762 for more information.
17766 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-")))
17768 ;;;***
17769 \f
17770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
17771 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
17774 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
17794 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
17798 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("indian-" "ucs-to-is")))
17800 ;;;***
17801 \f
17802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
17803 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
17806 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
17807 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
17808 to that buffer.
17809 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
17810 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
17811 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
17818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("inferior-lisp-" "lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
17820 ;;;***
17821 \f
17822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
17823 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
17825 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
17826 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
17827 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
17828 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
17829 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
17830 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
17831 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
17832 first in this list.
17834 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
17835 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17836 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
17837 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
17838 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
17840 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
17841 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
17842 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
17845 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
17851 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
17852 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
17853 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
17854 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
17856 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
17857 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
17858 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
17859 with the top-level Info directory.
17861 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
17862 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
17866 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17867 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
17868 in all the directories in that path.
17870 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
17875 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
17885 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
17886 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
17892 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
17893 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
17894 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
17899 Go to the Info directory node.
17904 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
17905 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
17906 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
17908 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
17913 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
17914 Build a menu of the possible matches.
17919 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
17920 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
17921 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
17922 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
17927 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
17929 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
17930 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
17935 Selecting other nodes:
17937 Follow a node reference you click on.
17938 This works with menu items, cross references, and
17940 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
17945 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
17955 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
17959 Moving within a node:
17961 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
17962 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
17963 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
17964 move up to the parent node.
17966 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
17967 if there is none.
17970 Advanced commands:
17972 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
17973 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
17974 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
17976 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
17980 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
17981 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
17982 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
17986 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
17992 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
17993 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
17994 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
17995 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
17996 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
18002 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
18003 KEY is a string.
18004 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
18005 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18006 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18007 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18012 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
18013 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
18018 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18019 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18024 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18025 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18026 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18027 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18028 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("info-" "Info-")))
18034 ;;;***
18035 \f
18036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18037 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18040 Throw away all cached data.
18041 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18042 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18043 system.
18049 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18050 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18051 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18052 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18053 one found at point.
18055 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18061 Display the documentation of a file.
18062 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18063 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18064 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18065 The default file name is the one found at point.
18067 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18072 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18077 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-")))
18083 ;;;***
18084 \f
18085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18086 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18090 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18091 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18092 current info file is the default.
18094 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18095 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18096 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18097 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18098 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18100 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18101 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18102 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18103 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18104 mistake in the reference.
18106 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18107 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18108 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18111 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18112 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18113 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18118 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18119 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18120 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18121 checked.
18125 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18126 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18127 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18128 should be harmless.
18133 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18134 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18135 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18137 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18138 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18139 and can take a long time.
18144 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18145 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18147 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18149 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18150 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18152 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18154 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18155 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18156 all builtins).
18158 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18159 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18160 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18161 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18162 the sources handy.
18166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18168 ;;;***
18169 \f
18170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18171 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18174 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18184 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18185 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18186 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18188 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18189 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18190 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18192 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18193 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18194 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18195 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18200 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18201 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18206 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18207 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18208 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18213 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-")))
18215 ;;;***
18216 \f
18217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18218 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline-")))
18231 ;;;***
18232 \f
18233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18234 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18238 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18239 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18243 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18245 ;;;***
18246 \f
18247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18248 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18249 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18252 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18257 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-")))
18268 ;;;***
18269 \f
18270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18271 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18275 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18276 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18277 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18278 accessed via isearchb.
18282 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb")))
18284 ;;;***
18285 \f
18286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18287 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18288 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18290 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-")))
18292 ;;;***
18293 \f
18294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18295 ;;;;;; 0))
18296 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18299 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18300 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18301 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18302 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18307 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18308 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18309 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18310 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18315 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18316 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18317 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18318 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18323 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18324 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18325 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18326 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18331 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18332 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18333 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18334 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18339 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18340 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18341 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18342 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18347 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18348 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18349 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18350 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18355 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18357 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18362 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18364 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18369 Warn that format is read-only.
18374 Warn that format is write-only.
18379 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18385 ;;;***
18386 \f
18387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18388 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18389 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18395 ;;;***
18396 \f
18397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18403 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18416 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
18417 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
18422 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
18424 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
18426 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
18428 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18429 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18430 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18431 Valid forms include:
18432 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18433 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18434 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18437 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
18438 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18439 First list is used raw.
18442 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18445 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
18446 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18447 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18448 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18454 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18455 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18456 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18458 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18459 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18460 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18461 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18462 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18464 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18465 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18467 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18468 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18470 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18471 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18476 Return values:
18477 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18478 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18481 quit spell session exited.
18486 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18487 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18492 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18494 Selections are:
18496 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18497 SPC: Accept word this time.
18498 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18499 `a': Accept word for this session.
18500 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18501 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18502 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18503 `?': Show these commands.
18504 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18505 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18506 the aborted check to be completed later.
18507 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18508 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18509 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18510 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18511 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18512 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18513 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18518 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18519 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18520 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18525 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18529 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18534 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18535 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18536 amount for last line processed.
18541 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
18546 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
18551 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
18552 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
18557 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
18562 Try to complete the word before or at point.
18563 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
18564 sequence inside of a word.
18566 Standard ispell choices are then available.
18571 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
18576 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
18577 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
18578 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
18580 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
18581 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
18582 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
18583 available on the net.
18588 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
18589 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
18590 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18591 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18593 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
18594 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
18595 spelled.
18597 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
18599 SPC.
18602 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
18607 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
18608 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
18609 Don't check included messages.
18611 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
18612 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
18613 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
18615 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
18616 in your init file:
18622 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
18623 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
18628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("ispell-" "check-ispell-version")))
18630 ;;;***
18631 \f
18632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18633 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18634 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
18636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("skkdic-" "batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename")))
18638 ;;;***
18639 \f
18640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18641 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18642 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
18644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
18646 ;;;***
18647 \f
18648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
18649 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18650 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
18658 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
18659 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18660 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18661 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
18662 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
18663 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
18664 necessary to represent OBJ.
18669 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
18670 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18671 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18676 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
18677 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18678 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18679 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
18684 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
18685 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18686 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18691 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
18692 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
18693 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18698 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
18703 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
18704 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18705 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18706 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
18711 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
18712 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18713 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18714 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
18719 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18720 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
18724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-")))
18726 ;;;***
18727 \f
18728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
18729 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
18732 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
18733 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
18742 Uninstall jka-compr.
18743 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
18744 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
18745 by `jka-compr-installed'.
18749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("jka-compr-" "compression-error")))
18751 ;;;***
18752 \f
18753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
18754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
18758 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
18763 Major mode for editing JSX.
18765 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
18766 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
18767 locally, like so:
18769 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
18770 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
18776 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
18778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js-" "with-js")))
18780 ;;;***
18781 \f
18782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
18783 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
18788 ;;;***
18789 \f
18790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
18791 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
18793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-")))
18795 ;;;***
18796 \f
18797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
18798 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
18801 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18802 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18808 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
18809 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18815 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18816 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18822 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18823 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18829 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
18830 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
18831 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
18832 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
18833 keys are bound.
18835 Setup Binding
18836 -------------------------------------------------------------
18837 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
18838 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
18839 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
18840 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
18841 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
18842 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
18843 in the global and local keymaps.
18845 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
18846 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
18850 ;;;***
18851 \f
18852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
18853 ;;;;;; 0))
18854 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
18857 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
18858 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
18860 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
18861 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
18862 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
18863 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
18864 shorter.
18866 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
18867 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
18868 the context of text formatting.
18872 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-")))
18874 ;;;***
18875 \f
18876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
18877 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
18880 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
18881 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
18882 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
18883 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
18887 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
18888 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
18889 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18890 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
18891 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
18892 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
18898 ;;;***
18899 \f
18900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
18901 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
18906 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
18907 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
18908 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
18910 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
18911 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
18912 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
18914 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
18916 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
18917 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18918 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18922 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
18925 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
18926 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
18928 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
18929 defining the macro.
18932 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
18938 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18940 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
18941 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
18945 under that name.
18947 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
18948 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
18949 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
18951 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18953 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18955 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
18956 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
18958 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
18959 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
18960 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
18961 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
18963 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
18966 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
18968 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
18969 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18970 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18972 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
18973 macro.
18976 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
18978 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
18980 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
18985 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18987 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18988 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
18989 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
18992 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
18994 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18995 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
18996 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
18997 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
18999 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
19002 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19004 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
19005 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
19006 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
19008 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
19012 ;;;***
19013 \f
19014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19015 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19016 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19018 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19019 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19022 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19025 \(fn)" nil nil)
19027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("exit-korean-environment" "korean-key-bindings" "isearch-" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method")))
19029 ;;;***
19030 \f
19031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19032 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19034 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19037 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19039 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19040 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19041 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19042 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19043 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19044 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19046 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19047 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19049 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19051 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19052 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19054 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19056 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19059 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19061 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19064 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-")))
19068 ;;;***
19069 \f
19070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19071 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19072 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19074 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19077 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19079 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19081 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19082 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19083 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19085 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19087 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19088 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19089 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19091 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19093 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19096 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19098 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19100 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-")))
19102 ;;;***
19103 \f
19104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19105 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19106 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19108 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19109 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19110 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19111 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19112 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19113 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19114 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19115 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19117 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19118 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19120 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19123 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19125 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19126 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19127 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19128 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19129 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19130 `latin1-display-setup'.
19132 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19134 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19135 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19136 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19137 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19139 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19142 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19144 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19146 ;;;***
19147 \f
19148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19149 ;;;;;; 0))
19150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19152 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19153 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19155 \(fn)" t nil)
19157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-")))
19159 ;;;***
19160 \f
19161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19162 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19166 ;;;***
19167 \f
19168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19169 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19172 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-")))
19174 ;;;***
19175 \f
19176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19177 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19179 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
19181 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19182 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19183 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19184 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19186 For instance, the following code
19188 (let-alist alist
19189 (if (and .title .body)
19190 .body
19191 .site
19192 .site.contents))
19194 essentially expands to
19200 (if (and .title .body)
19201 .body
19202 .site
19203 .site.contents))
19205 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19206 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19207 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19208 displayed in the example above.
19210 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19212 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--")))
19216 ;;;***
19217 \f
19218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19221 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19222 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19223 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19224 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19225 generations (this defaults to 1).
19227 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19231 ;;;***
19232 \f
19233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19234 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19235 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19237 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19238 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19239 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
19240 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
19241 if ARG is omitted or nil.
19243 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19247 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19248 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19249 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19250 for a description of this minor mode.
19251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19252 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19253 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19255 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19257 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19258 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19259 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19260 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19261 ARG is omitted or nil.
19263 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19264 `linum-on' would do it.
19265 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-")))
19271 ;;;***
19272 \f
19273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19274 ;;;;;; 0))
19275 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19279 ;;;***
19280 \f
19281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19284 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19285 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19286 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19287 is nil, raise an error.
19289 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19290 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19291 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19292 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19293 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19294 defined by the library.
19296 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19297 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19298 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19299 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19300 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19301 proceeds.
19303 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19304 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19305 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19306 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19308 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("unload-" "loadhist-hook-functions" "read-feature" "feature-" "file-")))
19312 ;;;***
19313 \f
19314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19317 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19318 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19321 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19323 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19324 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19325 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19326 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19328 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19329 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19330 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19331 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19332 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19333 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19334 the version.)
19336 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19337 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19339 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19340 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19342 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19343 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19345 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19347 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19348 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19349 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19350 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19351 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19352 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19353 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19354 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19355 to constrain a big search.
19357 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19359 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19360 except that FILTER is not optional.
19362 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19364 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19366 ;;;***
19367 \f
19368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19369 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19371 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19372 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19373 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19375 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19376 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19377 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19380 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19382 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19383 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19384 associated values:
19385 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19386 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19387 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19388 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19389 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19391 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19392 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19393 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19395 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "vc-log-")))
19399 ;;;***
19400 \f
19401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19402 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19404 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19405 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19407 \(fn)" t nil)
19409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19411 ;;;***
19412 \f
19413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19414 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19416 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19417 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19419 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19422 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19423 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19424 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19426 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19427 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19429 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19434 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19437 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19439 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19440 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19441 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19442 switch on this list.
19443 See `lpr-command'.")
19445 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19447 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19448 Name of program for printing a file.
19450 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19451 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19452 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19453 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19454 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19455 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19456 argument.")
19458 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19460 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19461 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19462 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19463 for customization of the printer command.
19465 \(fn)" t nil)
19467 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19468 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19470 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19471 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19472 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19473 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19475 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19476 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19478 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19479 for further customization of the printer command.
19481 \(fn)" t nil)
19483 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19484 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19485 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19486 for customization of the printer command.
19488 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19490 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19491 Paginate and print the region contents.
19493 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19494 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19495 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19496 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19498 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19499 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19501 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19502 for further customization of the printer command.
19504 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print")))
19508 ;;;***
19509 \f
19510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
19511 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
19513 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
19514 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
19515 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
19517 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
19519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-")))
19521 ;;;***
19522 \f
19523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
19524 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
19526 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
19527 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
19528 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
19529 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
19531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19533 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("lunar-" "diary-lunar-phases" "calendar-lunar-phases")))
19535 ;;;***
19536 \f
19537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19538 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
19540 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
19541 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
19543 \(fn)" t nil)
19545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-")))
19547 ;;;***
19548 \f
19549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
19550 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
19552 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19553 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
19554 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
19555 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
19558 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
19560 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19561 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
19562 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
19563 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
19564 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
19566 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
19567 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
19568 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
19569 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
19570 bindings.
19572 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
19573 use this command, and then save the file.
19575 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19577 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
19578 Query user during kbd macro execution.
19579 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
19580 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
19581 each time the macro executes.
19582 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
19590 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
19592 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
19593 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
19594 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
19595 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
19597 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
19598 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
19599 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
19600 execute.
19602 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
19603 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
19605 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
19606 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
19607 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
19608 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
19611 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
19612 looked like this:
19618 You could enter the names in this format:
19620 foo
19621 bar
19622 baz
19624 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
19630 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
19633 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
19634 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
19636 ;;;***
19637 \f
19638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19639 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
19641 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
19642 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
19643 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
19644 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
19645 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
19646 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
19648 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
19649 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
19650 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
19651 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
19652 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
19654 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
19655 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
19656 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
19657 consing a string.)
19659 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
19661 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
19662 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
19664 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
19666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
19668 ;;;***
19669 \f
19670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
19673 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
19674 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
19676 \(fn)" nil nil)
19678 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
19681 \(fn)" nil nil)
19683 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
19684 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
19686 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
19688 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
19689 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
19690 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
19691 message.
19693 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
19695 \(fn)" nil nil)
19697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
19699 ;;;***
19700 \f
19701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
19702 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
19704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
19706 ;;;***
19707 \f
19708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19709 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
19711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-")))
19713 ;;;***
19714 \f
19715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
19716 ;;;;;; 0))
19717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
19719 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source")))
19721 ;;;***
19722 \f
19723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
19724 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
19726 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
19727 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
19728 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
19729 often correct parser.")
19731 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
19733 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
19734 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
19735 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
19736 a value which excludes your own email address.
19738 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
19739 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
19741 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
19743 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
19744 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
19746 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
19748 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19750 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
19751 we return it unconverted.
19753 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19754 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19756 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19758 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19760 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19761 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19763 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
19765 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19767 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19768 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19770 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19772 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19774 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19775 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19776 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
19777 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
19778 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
19779 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
19780 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
19781 as Rmail does.
19783 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
19785 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
19786 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
19787 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
19788 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
19789 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
19790 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
19791 matches may be returned from the message body.
19793 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
19795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
19797 ;;;***
19798 \f
19799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
19800 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
19802 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
19803 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
19804 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
19805 for a description of this minor mode.
19806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19807 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19808 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
19810 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
19812 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
19813 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
19814 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
19815 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
19816 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
19818 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
19819 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
19820 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
19821 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19825 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
19826 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
19828 \(fn)" nil nil)
19830 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
19831 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
19832 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19834 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
19836 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
19837 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
19838 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
19840 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
19841 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
19842 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
19843 double-quotes.
19845 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("merge-mail-abbrevs" "mail-" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs")))
19849 ;;;***
19850 \f
19851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
19852 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
19854 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
19856 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
19857 king@grassland.com
19858 If `parens', they look like:
19859 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19860 If `angles', they look like:
19861 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
19863 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
19865 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
19866 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
19867 If interactive, expand in header fields.
19868 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
19869 their `Resent-' variants.
19871 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
19872 removed from alias expansions.
19874 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
19876 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
19877 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
19878 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
19880 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
19881 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
19882 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
19883 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
19885 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19887 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
19888 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
19889 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
19891 \(fn)" nil nil)
19893 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
19894 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
19895 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
19896 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
19898 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19900 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
19902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("mail-" "build-mail-aliases")))
19904 ;;;***
19905 \f
19906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19907 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
19909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-")))
19911 ;;;***
19912 \f
19913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
19914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
19916 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
19917 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
19918 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
19919 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
19921 \(fn)" nil nil)
19923 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-")))
19925 ;;;***
19926 \f
19927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
19928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
19930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header")))
19932 ;;;***
19933 \f
19934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
19935 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
19937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
19939 ;;;***
19940 \f
19941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
19942 ;;;;;; 0))
19943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
19945 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
19946 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
19948 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
19949 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
19950 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
19951 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
19952 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
19953 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
19955 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
19956 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
19957 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
19958 dependency, despite the colon.
19962 In the browser, use the following keys:
19966 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
19968 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
19969 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
19971 `makefile-target-colon':
19972 The string that gets appended to all target names
19973 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
19976 `makefile-macro-assign':
19977 The string that gets appended to all macro names
19978 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
19980 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
19981 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
19984 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
19985 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
19986 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
19988 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
19989 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
19991 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
19992 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
19993 up or down in the browser.
19995 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
19996 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
19998 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
19999 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
20001 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
20002 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
20003 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
20004 has been selected in the browser.
20006 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
20007 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
20008 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
20009 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
20010 filenames are omitted.
20012 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
20013 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
20014 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20015 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20016 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20017 the backslash itself intact.
20018 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20021 `makefile-browser-hook':
20022 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20023 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20025 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20026 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20027 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20028 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20030 \(fn)" t nil)
20032 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20033 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20035 \(fn)" t nil)
20037 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20038 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20040 \(fn)" t nil)
20042 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20043 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20045 \(fn)" t nil)
20047 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20048 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20050 \(fn)" t nil)
20052 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20053 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20055 \(fn)" t nil)
20057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20059 ;;;***
20060 \f
20061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20062 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20066 ;;;***
20067 \f
20068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20069 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20071 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20072 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20073 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20075 \(fn)" t nil)
20077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20079 ;;;***
20080 \f
20081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20082 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20084 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20086 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20087 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20088 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20089 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20090 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20091 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20092 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20093 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20094 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20095 without running the man command.
20097 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20101 cat(1)
20102 1 cat
20104 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20106 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20107 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20109 -a chmod
20111 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20112 otherwise look like a page name.
20114 /my/file/name.1.gz
20115 -l somefile.1
20118 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20121 -k pattern
20123 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20125 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20126 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20128 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20130 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20131 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20133 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "man")))
20137 ;;;***
20138 \f
20139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-")))
20144 ;;;***
20145 \f
20146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20148 (push (purecopy '(map 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map")))
20152 ;;;***
20153 \f
20154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20155 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20156 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20158 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20159 Toggle Master mode.
20160 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
20161 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20162 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20164 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20165 using the following commands:
20169 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20170 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20171 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20175 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-")))
20177 ;;;***
20178 \f
20179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20180 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20182 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20183 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20184 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20185 for a description of this minor mode.
20186 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20187 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20188 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20190 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20192 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20193 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20194 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
20195 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20196 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20198 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20199 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20200 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20201 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20205 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-")))
20207 ;;;***
20208 \f
20209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20210 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20211 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20213 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4")))
20215 ;;;***
20216 \f
20217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20220 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20222 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20223 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20225 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20226 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20227 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20228 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20229 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20230 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20231 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20232 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20234 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20235 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20236 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20237 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20239 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20240 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20241 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20242 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20243 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20244 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20245 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20246 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20247 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20248 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20249 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20250 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20251 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20252 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20253 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20254 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20255 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20256 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20257 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20258 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20259 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20261 \(fn)" t nil)
20263 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20264 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20265 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20266 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20267 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20269 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20271 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20272 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20274 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20276 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20277 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20279 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20281 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20284 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20286 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20287 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20288 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20290 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20292 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20293 Cancel an article you posted.
20294 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20298 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20299 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20300 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20301 header line with the old Message-ID.
20303 \(fn)" t nil)
20305 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20306 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20308 \(fn)" t nil)
20310 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20311 Forward the current message via mail.
20312 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20313 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20315 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20317 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20320 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20322 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20325 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20327 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20328 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20330 \(fn)" t nil)
20332 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20333 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20335 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20337 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20338 Re-mail the current message.
20339 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20340 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20341 you.
20343 \(fn)" t nil)
20345 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20346 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20348 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20350 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20351 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20353 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20355 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20356 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20358 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20360 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20361 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20363 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20365 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20366 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20367 Works by overstriking characters.
20368 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20369 which specify the range to operate on.
20371 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20373 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20374 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20375 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20376 which specify the range to operate on.
20378 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20380 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil")))
20382 ;;;***
20383 \f
20384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20385 ;;;;;; 0))
20386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20387 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20389 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20390 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20392 \(fn)" t nil)
20394 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20395 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20397 \(fn)" t nil)
20399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("meta" "font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next")))
20401 ;;;***
20402 \f
20403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20406 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20407 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20408 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20410 \(fn)" t nil)
20412 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20413 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20414 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20415 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20416 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20417 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20418 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20420 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20422 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20423 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20424 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20425 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20426 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20427 means current).
20428 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20429 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20431 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20433 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20434 Process current region through `metamail'.
20435 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20436 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20437 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20438 means current).
20439 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20440 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20442 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20444 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-")))
20446 ;;;***
20447 \f
20448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20451 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("mh-" "with-mh-folder-updating" "def")))
20453 ;;;***
20454 \f
20455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20456 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-")))
20460 ;;;***
20461 \f
20462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20465 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20467 ;;;***
20468 \f
20469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20470 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20472 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20473 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20474 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20476 \(fn)" t nil)
20478 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20479 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20480 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20482 \(fn)" t nil)
20484 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20485 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20487 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20488 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20491 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20492 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20494 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20495 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20497 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20499 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
20501 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
20502 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
20503 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
20504 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
20505 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
20506 as `compose-mail'.
20508 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
20509 initial Subject field, respectively.
20511 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
20512 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
20513 are strings.
20515 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
20516 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
20518 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20520 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
20521 Save draft and send message.
20523 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
20524 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
20528 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
20529 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
20530 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
20532 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
20533 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
20534 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
20535 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
20536 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
20537 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
20540 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
20542 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
20543 message and scan line.
20545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20547 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
20548 Quit editing and delete draft message.
20550 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
20551 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
20553 delete the draft message.
20555 \(fn)" t nil)
20557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
20559 ;;;***
20560 \f
20561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20562 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
20564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
20566 ;;;***
20567 \f
20568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
20569 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
20570 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
20572 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20574 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
20576 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20578 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
20579 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
20581 \(fn)" t nil)
20583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("mh-" "def")))
20585 ;;;***
20586 \f
20587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
20588 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
20590 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
20591 Incorporate new mail with MH.
20592 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20594 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20595 the MH mail system.
20597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20599 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
20600 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
20601 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20603 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20604 the MH mail system.
20606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20608 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
20611 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
20612 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
20613 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
20614 separate command.
20616 Options that control this mode can be changed with
20618 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
20619 format.
20621 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
20623 Ranges
20624 ======
20625 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
20626 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
20627 can be used in several ways.
20630 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
20631 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
20632 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
20633 page):
20635 <num1>-<num2>
20636 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
20637 The range must be nonempty.
20639 <num>:N
20640 <num>:+N
20641 <num>:-N
20642 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
20643 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
20644 last.
20646 first:N
20647 prev:N
20648 next:N
20649 last:N
20650 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
20652 all
20653 All of the messages.
20655 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
20656 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
20658 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
20659 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
20660 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
20664 \(fn)" t nil)
20666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
20668 ;;;***
20669 \f
20670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
20673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
20675 ;;;***
20676 \f
20677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
20678 ;;;;;; 0))
20679 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
20681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-")))
20683 ;;;***
20684 \f
20685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20686 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
20688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-")))
20690 ;;;***
20691 \f
20692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
20693 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
20695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
20697 ;;;***
20698 \f
20699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
20700 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
20702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
20704 ;;;***
20705 \f
20706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
20707 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
20709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
20711 ;;;***
20712 \f
20713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
20714 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
20716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
20718 ;;;***
20719 \f
20720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
20721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
20723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-p")))
20725 ;;;***
20726 \f
20727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
20728 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
20730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
20732 ;;;***
20733 \f
20734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
20735 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
20737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
20739 ;;;***
20740 \f
20741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
20742 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
20744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
20746 ;;;***
20747 \f
20748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
20749 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
20751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
20753 ;;;***
20754 \f
20755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
20756 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
20758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
20760 ;;;***
20761 \f
20762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
20763 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
20765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-")))
20767 ;;;***
20768 \f
20769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
20770 ;;;;;; 0))
20771 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
20773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
20775 ;;;***
20776 \f
20777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
20778 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
20780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
20782 ;;;***
20783 \f
20784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
20785 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
20787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
20789 ;;;***
20790 \f
20791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
20792 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
20794 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
20795 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
20796 See the `midnight-mode' command
20797 for a description of this minor mode.
20798 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20799 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20800 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
20802 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
20804 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
20805 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
20807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20809 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
20810 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
20811 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
20812 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
20813 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
20814 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
20815 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
20816 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
20817 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
20818 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
20821 \(fn)" t nil)
20823 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
20824 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
20825 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
20826 to its second argument TM.
20828 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
20830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("midnight-" "clean-buffer-list-")))
20832 ;;;***
20833 \f
20834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
20835 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
20837 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
20838 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
20839 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
20840 for a description of this minor mode.
20841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20842 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20843 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
20845 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
20847 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
20848 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
20849 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
20850 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20851 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20853 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
20854 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
20855 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
20856 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
20857 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
20858 is modified to remove the default indication.
20860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf")))
20864 ;;;***
20865 \f
20866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20867 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
20869 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
20870 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
20871 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
20872 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
20873 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
20874 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
20875 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
20876 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
20877 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
20879 \(fn)" t nil)
20881 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
20882 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
20883 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
20884 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
20885 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
20886 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
20888 The return value is always nil.
20890 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
20892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("list-dynamic-libraries--" "backward-to-word" "forward-to-word" "upcase-char" "mark-" "zap-up-to-char" "copy-from-above-command")))
20894 ;;;***
20895 \f
20896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
20897 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
20898 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
20900 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
20901 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
20903 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
20904 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
20905 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
20906 next occurrence.
20908 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
20909 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
20910 end of the search space).
20912 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
20913 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
20914 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
20915 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
20916 should return the previous buffer to search.
20918 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
20919 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
20920 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
20922 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
20923 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
20924 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
20925 Isearch starts.")
20927 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
20928 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
20929 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
20931 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
20932 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
20933 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
20935 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
20936 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
20938 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
20939 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
20940 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
20942 \(fn)" nil nil)
20944 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
20945 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
20946 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
20947 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20948 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
20949 whose names match the specified regexp.
20951 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
20953 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
20954 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
20955 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
20956 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20957 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
20958 whose names match the specified regexp.
20960 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
20962 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
20963 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
20964 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
20965 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
20966 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20967 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
20968 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
20970 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
20972 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
20973 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
20974 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
20975 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
20976 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20977 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
20978 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
20980 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
20982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("multi-isearch-" "misearch-unload-function")))
20984 ;;;***
20985 \f
20986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
20987 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
20989 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20991 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
20992 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
20994 \(fn)" t nil)
20996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
20998 ;;;***
20999 \f
21000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
21001 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
21003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-")))
21005 ;;;***
21006 \f
21007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-")))
21012 ;;;***
21013 \f
21014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21019 ;;;***
21020 \f
21021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21022 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21024 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21025 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21027 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21031 ;;;***
21032 \f
21033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21036 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21037 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21039 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21041 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21042 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21043 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21044 the entire message.
21045 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21047 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21051 ;;;***
21052 \f
21053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21056 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21057 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21058 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21059 the entire message.
21060 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21062 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21066 ;;;***
21067 \f
21068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21071 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21072 Insert file contents of URL.
21073 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21075 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21077 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21078 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21080 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21084 ;;;***
21085 \f
21086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21089 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21091 ;;;***
21092 \f
21093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21096 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21097 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21098 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21099 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21100 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21102 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21104 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21105 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21106 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21108 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21110 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-")))
21112 ;;;***
21113 \f
21114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21115 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21117 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21119 ;;;***
21120 \f
21121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21124 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21125 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21127 \(fn)" nil nil)
21129 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21130 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21131 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21135 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21137 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21138 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21142 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21144 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mime-to-mml" "mml-")))
21146 ;;;***
21147 \f
21148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21151 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21153 ;;;***
21154 \f
21155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21160 ;;;***
21161 \f
21162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21165 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21168 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21170 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21173 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21175 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21177 ;;;***
21178 \f
21179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21182 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21185 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21187 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21190 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21192 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21195 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21197 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21200 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21202 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21205 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21207 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21210 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21212 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21215 \(fn)" nil nil)
21217 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21219 ;;;***
21220 \f
21221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21222 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21224 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("make-obsolete-overload" "mode-local-" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "def" "describe-mode-local-" "xref-mode-local-" "overload-" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p" "set" "with-mode-local" "activate-mode-local-bindings" "new-mode-local-bindings" "get-mode-local-parent")))
21228 ;;;***
21229 \f
21230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21233 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21235 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21236 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21237 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21238 followed by the first character of the construct.
21255 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21256 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21257 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21259 \(fn)" t nil)
21261 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m3-font-lock-keywords" "m2-")))
21263 ;;;***
21264 \f
21265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21266 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21268 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21269 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21271 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21273 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21274 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21276 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21278 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21279 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21281 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21283 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21284 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21286 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("nato-alphabet" "morse-code")))
21290 ;;;***
21291 \f
21292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21293 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-")))
21297 ;;;***
21298 \f
21299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21300 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21302 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21306 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21307 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21309 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21310 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21311 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21314 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21316 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21317 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21318 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21319 hemisphere you're in.)
21321 To test this function, evaluate:
21324 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21326 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21329 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21332 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21333 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21334 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21337 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21339 To test this function, evaluate:
21342 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-")))
21346 ;;;***
21347 \f
21348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21351 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21352 Main entry point for MPC.
21354 \(fn)" t nil)
21356 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21358 ;;;***
21359 \f
21360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21361 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21363 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21364 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21366 \(fn)" t nil)
21368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21370 ;;;***
21371 \f
21372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21373 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21375 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21376 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21377 See the `msb-mode' command
21378 for a description of this minor mode.
21379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21380 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21381 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21383 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21385 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21386 Toggle Msb mode.
21387 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
21388 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
21389 if ARG is omitted or nil.
21391 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21392 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21398 ;;;***
21399 \f
21400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21401 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21405 ;;;***
21406 \f
21407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21408 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21409 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21411 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21412 Display a list of all character sets.
21414 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21415 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21416 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21417 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21418 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21420 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21421 but still shows the full information.
21423 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21425 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
21426 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
21427 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
21429 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
21430 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
21431 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
21432 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
21433 meanings of these arguments.
21435 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
21437 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
21438 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
21440 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21442 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
21443 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
21445 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21447 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21448 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
21450 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21452 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
21453 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
21456 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
21457 in place of `..':
21458 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21459 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21460 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
21461 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
21462 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
21463 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
21464 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21465 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21466 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21467 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21468 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21469 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21470 `default-process-coding-system' for read
21471 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
21472 `default-process-coding-system' for write
21473 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
21475 \(fn)" t nil)
21477 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21478 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
21480 \(fn)" t nil)
21482 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
21483 Display a list of all coding systems.
21484 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
21486 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21487 but still contains full information about each coding system.
21489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21491 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
21492 Display a list of all coding categories.
21494 \(fn)" nil nil)
21496 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
21497 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
21498 The font must be already used by Emacs.
21500 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
21502 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
21503 Display information about FONTSET.
21504 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
21506 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
21508 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
21509 Display a list of all fontsets.
21510 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
21511 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
21512 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
21514 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21516 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
21517 Display information about all input methods.
21519 \(fn)" t nil)
21521 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
21522 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
21524 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
21525 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
21526 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
21527 system which uses fontsets).
21529 \(fn)" t nil)
21531 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
21532 Show log of font listing and opening.
21533 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
21534 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
21536 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
21538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("insert-section" "list-" "print-" "describe-font-internal" "charset-history" "non-iso-charset-alist" "sort-listed-character-sets")))
21540 ;;;***
21541 \f
21542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
21543 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21544 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
21546 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
21547 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
21549 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
21550 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
21552 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
21553 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
21555 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
21557 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
21558 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
21559 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
21560 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
21561 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
21562 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
21563 buffer; see also `char-width'.
21565 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
21566 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
21567 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
21568 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
21569 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
21570 middle of a character in STR.
21572 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
21573 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
21575 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
21576 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
21577 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
21578 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
21579 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
21581 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
21583 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
21584 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
21586 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
21587 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
21588 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
21590 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
21591 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
21592 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
21594 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21595 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
21596 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
21597 are considered.
21598 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
21599 longer than KEYSEQ.
21600 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
21602 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
21604 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21605 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
21606 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
21607 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
21608 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
21609 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
21610 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
21611 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
21612 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
21613 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
21614 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
21616 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
21618 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
21619 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
21621 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21623 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
21624 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
21626 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21628 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
21629 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
21631 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21633 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
21634 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
21636 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21638 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
21639 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
21640 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
21641 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
21642 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
21644 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21645 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21647 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
21648 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
21649 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
21650 coding systems ordered by priority.
21652 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
21654 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
21656 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
21657 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
21658 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
21659 language environment LANG-ENV.
21661 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
21663 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
21664 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
21665 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
21666 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
21667 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
21668 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
21670 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
21672 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
21673 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
21674 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
21675 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21676 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21677 QUALITY can be:
21678 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21679 excessive work.
21680 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21681 part of the file/buffer.
21682 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21684 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21686 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
21687 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
21688 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
21689 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21690 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21691 QUALITY can be:
21692 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21693 excessive work.
21694 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21695 part of the file/buffer.
21696 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21698 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("filepos-to-bufferpos--dos" "truncate-string-ellipsis")))
21702 ;;;***
21703 \f
21704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
21705 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
21707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mouse-wheel-" "mwheel-")))
21709 ;;;***
21710 \f
21711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21712 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
21714 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
21715 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
21717 \(fn)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
21720 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
21722 \(fn)" t nil)
21724 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
21725 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
21727 \(fn)" t nil)
21729 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
21730 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
21732 \(fn)" t nil)
21734 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
21735 Run route and display diagnostic output.
21737 \(fn)" t nil)
21739 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
21740 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
21742 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
21744 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
21745 Ping HOST.
21746 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
21747 `ping-program-options'.
21749 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21751 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
21752 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
21754 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21756 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
21757 Run nslookup program.
21759 \(fn)" t nil)
21761 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
21762 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
21764 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21766 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
21767 Run dig program.
21769 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21771 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
21772 Run ftp program.
21774 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21776 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
21777 Finger USER on HOST.
21779 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
21781 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
21782 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
21783 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
21784 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
21786 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
21788 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
21791 \(fn)" t nil)
21793 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
21794 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
21796 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
21798 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
21799 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
21801 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
21803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("nslookup-" "net" "whois-" "ftp-" "finger-X.500-host-regexps" "route-program" "run-network-program" "smbclient" "ifconfig-program" "iwconfig-program" "ipconfig" "dig-program" "dns-lookup-program" "arp-program" "ping-program" "traceroute-program")))
21805 ;;;***
21806 \f
21807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21808 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
21810 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
21811 Return a user name/password pair.
21812 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
21813 listed in the PORTS list.
21815 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
21817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
21819 ;;;***
21820 \f
21821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
21822 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21823 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
21825 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
21826 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
21827 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
21828 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
21829 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
21830 closes it.
21832 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
21833 make it unique.
21834 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
21835 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
21836 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
21837 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
21838 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
21839 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
21841 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
21842 values:
21844 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
21845 nil or `network'
21846 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
21847 the parameters :success and :capability-command
21848 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
21849 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
21850 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
21851 an unencrypted connection.
21852 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
21853 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
21854 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
21855 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
21856 returned object is a killed process.
21857 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
21858 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
21859 `shell' -- A shell connection.
21861 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
21862 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
21863 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
21864 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
21865 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
21866 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
21867 or nil if none could be found.
21868 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
21869 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
21871 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
21873 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
21874 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
21875 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
21877 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
21878 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
21881 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
21882 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
21885 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
21886 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
21887 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
21888 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
21890 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
21891 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
21893 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
21894 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
21895 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
21896 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
21897 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
21898 or STARTTLS connections.
21900 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
21901 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
21903 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
21904 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
21906 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
21907 a greeting from the server.
21909 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
21910 asynchronously, if possible.
21912 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
21913 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
21914 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
21915 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
21916 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
21918 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
21920 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
21922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-")))
21924 ;;;***
21925 \f
21926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
21927 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21928 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
21930 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
21931 Check whether newsticker is running.
21932 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
21933 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
21935 \(fn)" nil nil)
21937 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
21938 Start the newsticker.
21939 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
21940 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
21941 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
21942 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
21944 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
21946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker-")))
21948 ;;;***
21949 \f
21950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
21951 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
21952 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
21954 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
21955 Start newsticker plainview.
21957 \(fn)" t nil)
21959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-")))
21961 ;;;***
21962 \f
21963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
21964 ;;;;;; 0))
21965 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
21967 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
21968 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
21970 \(fn)" t nil)
21972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-")))
21974 ;;;***
21975 \f
21976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
21977 ;;;;;; 0))
21978 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
21980 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
21981 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
21982 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
21983 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
21984 empty.
21986 \(fn)" nil nil)
21988 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
21989 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
21990 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
21991 running already.
21993 \(fn)" t nil)
21995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker-")))
21997 ;;;***
21998 \f
21999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
22000 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22001 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
22003 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
22004 Start newsticker treeview.
22006 \(fn)" t nil)
22008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-")))
22010 ;;;***
22011 \f
22012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22013 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22017 ;;;***
22018 \f
22019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22024 ;;;***
22025 \f
22026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22031 ;;;***
22032 \f
22033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22036 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22037 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22039 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22043 ;;;***
22044 \f
22045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22050 ;;;***
22051 \f
22052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22053 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22055 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22056 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22057 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22058 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22059 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22060 symbol in the alist.
22062 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22066 ;;;***
22067 \f
22068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22073 ;;;***
22074 \f
22075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22076 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22080 ;;;***
22081 \f
22082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22085 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22086 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22087 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22089 \(fn)" t nil)
22091 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22093 ;;;***
22094 \f
22095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22100 ;;;***
22101 \f
22102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22103 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("nntp-" "nnheader-" "mail-header-" "make-" "gnus-")))
22107 ;;;***
22108 \f
22109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22112 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap")))
22114 ;;;***
22115 \f
22116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22117 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("nnir-" "gnus-")))
22121 ;;;***
22122 \f
22123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22126 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22128 ;;;***
22129 \f
22130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22133 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir-")))
22135 ;;;***
22136 \f
22137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22140 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22142 ;;;***
22143 \f
22144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22149 ;;;***
22150 \f
22151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22154 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22156 ;;;***
22157 \f
22158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22161 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22162 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22164 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22168 ;;;***
22169 \f
22170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22173 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22175 ;;;***
22176 \f
22177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("nnoo-" "def")))
22182 ;;;***
22183 \f
22184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22189 ;;;***
22190 \f
22191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22196 ;;;***
22197 \f
22198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22201 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("news-inews-program" "nnspool-")))
22203 ;;;***
22204 \f
22205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-")))
22210 ;;;***
22211 \f
22212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22217 ;;;***
22218 \f
22219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22222 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22224 ;;;***
22225 \f
22226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22227 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22231 ;;;***
22232 \f
22233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22234 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22236 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
22238 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22239 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22240 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22242 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22245 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22247 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22248 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22249 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22250 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22251 to future sessions.
22253 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22255 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22256 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22257 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22258 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22259 future sessions.
22261 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22265 ;;;***
22266 \f
22267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22268 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22269 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22271 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22272 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22274 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22275 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22276 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22278 \(fn)" t nil)
22280 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22282 ;;;***
22283 \f
22284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22285 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("network-security-level" "nsm-")))
22289 ;;;***
22290 \f
22291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22292 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22293 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22297 ;;;***
22298 \f
22299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22300 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22302 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22304 ;;;***
22305 \f
22306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22307 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22311 ;;;***
22312 \f
22313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22314 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22316 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22317 Major mode for editing XML.
22320 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22321 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22323 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22324 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22325 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22330 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22332 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22333 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22334 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22335 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22336 instead of C-c.
22338 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22339 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22340 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22341 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22343 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22346 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22347 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22350 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22353 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22358 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
22359 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
22360 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
22361 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22363 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22365 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22368 \(fn)" t nil)
22369 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22373 ;;;***
22374 \f
22375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22376 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22380 ;;;***
22381 \f
22382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22383 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22387 ;;;***
22388 \f
22389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22390 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-")))
22394 ;;;***
22395 \f
22396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22397 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22401 ;;;***
22402 \f
22403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22404 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22408 ;;;***
22409 \f
22410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22411 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
22413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
22415 ;;;***
22416 \f
22417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
22418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
22420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("org-babel-")))
22422 ;;;***
22423 \f
22424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
22425 ;;;;;; 0))
22426 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
22428 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-")))
22430 ;;;***
22431 \f
22432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
22433 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
22435 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-")))
22437 ;;;***
22438 \f
22439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22440 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
22442 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-")))
22444 ;;;***
22445 \f
22446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
22447 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
22449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-")))
22451 ;;;***
22452 \f
22453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22454 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
22456 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
22458 ;;;***
22459 \f
22460 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
22461 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22462 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
22464 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-")))
22466 ;;;***
22467 \f
22468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
22469 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
22471 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-")))
22473 ;;;***
22474 \f
22475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
22476 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
22478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-")))
22480 ;;;***
22481 \f
22482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22483 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
22485 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-")))
22487 ;;;***
22488 \f
22489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
22490 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22491 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
22493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22495 ;;;***
22496 \f
22497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
22498 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
22500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-")))
22502 ;;;***
22503 \f
22504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22505 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
22507 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-")))
22509 ;;;***
22510 \f
22511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
22512 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
22514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
22516 ;;;***
22517 \f
22518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22519 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
22521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("org-babel-" "*org-babel-gnuplot-")))
22523 ;;;***
22524 \f
22525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
22526 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
22528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
22530 ;;;***
22531 \f
22532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
22533 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
22535 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-")))
22537 ;;;***
22538 \f
22539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
22540 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
22542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-")))
22544 ;;;***
22545 \f
22546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
22547 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
22549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-")))
22551 ;;;***
22552 \f
22553 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
22554 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22555 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
22557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-")))
22559 ;;;***
22560 \f
22561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22562 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
22564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-" "convert-pdf")))
22566 ;;;***
22567 \f
22568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
22571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-")))
22573 ;;;***
22574 \f
22575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
22576 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
22578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("org-babel-" "lilypond-mode")))
22580 ;;;***
22581 \f
22582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22583 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
22585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22587 ;;;***
22588 \f
22589 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
22590 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22591 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
22593 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-")))
22595 ;;;***
22596 \f
22597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
22598 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
22600 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-")))
22602 ;;;***
22603 \f
22604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
22605 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
22607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-")))
22609 ;;;***
22610 \f
22611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22612 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
22614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-")))
22616 ;;;***
22617 \f
22618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22619 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
22621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-")))
22623 ;;;***
22624 \f
22625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22626 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
22628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
22630 ;;;***
22631 \f
22632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22633 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
22635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-")))
22637 ;;;***
22638 \f
22639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22640 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
22642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
22644 ;;;***
22645 \f
22646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22647 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
22649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-")))
22651 ;;;***
22652 \f
22653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22654 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
22656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-")))
22658 ;;;***
22659 \f
22660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
22661 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
22663 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
22665 ;;;***
22666 \f
22667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
22668 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
22670 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-")))
22672 ;;;***
22673 \f
22674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
22675 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
22677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
22679 ;;;***
22680 \f
22681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
22682 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
22684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-")))
22686 ;;;***
22687 \f
22688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scala" "org/ob-scala.el" (0 0 0 0))
22689 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scala.el
22691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scala" '("org-babel-")))
22693 ;;;***
22694 \f
22695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
22696 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
22698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-")))
22700 ;;;***
22701 \f
22702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22703 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
22705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-")))
22707 ;;;***
22708 \f
22709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sh" "org/ob-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22710 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sh.el
22712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sh" '("org-babel-")))
22714 ;;;***
22715 \f
22716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22717 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
22719 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-")))
22721 ;;;***
22722 \f
22723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
22724 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
22726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-" "dbstring-mysql")))
22728 ;;;***
22729 \f
22730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
22731 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
22733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
22735 ;;;***
22736 \f
22737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
22738 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
22740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-")))
22742 ;;;***
22743 \f
22744 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
22745 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22746 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
22748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
22750 ;;;***
22751 \f
22752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22753 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
22755 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
22756 Major mode for editing Octave code.
22758 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
22759 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
22760 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
22761 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
22763 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
22765 Key bindings:
22768 \(fn)" t nil)
22770 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
22771 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
22772 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
22774 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
22776 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
22777 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
22779 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
22780 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
22781 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
22783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22785 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
22787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("octave-" "inferior-octave-")))
22789 ;;;***
22790 \f
22791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
22792 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
22794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
22796 ;;;***
22797 \f
22798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
22799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
22801 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
22803 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
22811 Customization:
22813 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
22814 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
22815 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
22816 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
22817 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
22818 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
22819 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
22820 Directories to search when finding external units.
22821 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
22822 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
22824 Coloring:
22826 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
22827 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
22829 \(fn)" t nil)
22831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-")))
22833 ;;;***
22834 \f
22835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22836 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
22838 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
22839 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
22841 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
22843 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
22844 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
22845 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
22846 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
22847 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
22848 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
22850 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
22852 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
22853 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
22854 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
22855 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
22856 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
22858 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
22860 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
22861 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
22863 \(fn)" nil nil)
22865 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
22866 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
22868 \(fn)" nil nil)
22870 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
22871 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
22874 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
22875 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
22876 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
22877 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
22878 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
22879 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
22880 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
22881 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
22882 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
22883 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
22885 The following commands are available:
22889 \(fn)" t nil)
22891 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
22892 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
22894 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
22895 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
22896 in special contexts.
22898 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
22899 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
22900 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
22901 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
22902 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
22903 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
22904 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
22905 properties in the buffer.
22906 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
22907 including any drawers.
22909 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
22911 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
22912 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
22913 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
22914 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
22915 From this state, you can move to one of the children
22916 and zoom in further.
22917 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
22918 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
22920 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
22921 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
22922 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
22923 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
22924 times right after creating a new headline.
22926 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
22927 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
22928 is negative, go up that many levels.
22930 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
22931 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
22932 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
22934 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
22935 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
22936 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
22937 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
22939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22941 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
22942 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
22944 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
22946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22947 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
22949 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
22950 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
22951 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
22952 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
22953 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
22954 defined by Org-mode).
22956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22958 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
22959 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
22961 \(fn)" nil nil)
22963 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
22964 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
22966 \(fn)" nil nil)
22968 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
22969 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
22970 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
22971 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
22972 call CMD.
22974 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
22976 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
22978 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
22981 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
22982 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
22983 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
22985 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
22986 part of Org's core.
22988 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
22989 active region.
22991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22993 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
22994 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
22995 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
22997 \(fn)" t nil)
22999 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
23000 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
23001 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
23002 Org-mode syntax.
23004 \(fn)" t nil)
23006 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
23007 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
23009 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23011 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23012 Switch between Org buffers.
23013 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
23014 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23016 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
23017 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
23019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23021 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
23023 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
23025 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23026 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23027 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23028 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23030 \(fn)" t nil)
23032 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23033 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
23035 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23037 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23038 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23039 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
23041 \(fn)" t nil)
23043 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23044 Reload all org lisp files.
23045 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23047 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23049 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23050 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23052 \(fn)" t nil)
23054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23056 ;;;***
23057 \f
23058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23059 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23061 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23062 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23066 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23067 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23068 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23069 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23071 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23072 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23073 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23074 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23075 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23076 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23077 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23078 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
23079 e Export views to associated files.
23080 s Search entries for keywords.
23081 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23082 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23083 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23084 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23085 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23086 > Remove a previous restriction.
23089 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23091 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23092 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23093 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23095 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
23096 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23098 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23099 \(if active).
23101 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23103 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23104 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23105 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23106 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23107 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23108 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23109 before running the agenda command.
23111 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23113 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23114 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23115 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23116 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23117 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23118 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23119 before running the agenda command.
23121 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23122 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23124 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23126 category The category of the item
23127 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23128 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23129 todo selected in TODO match
23130 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23131 diary imported from diary
23132 deadline a deadline on given date
23133 scheduled scheduled on given date
23134 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23135 closed entry was closed on given date
23136 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23137 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23138 block entry has date block including g. date
23139 todo The todo keyword, if any
23140 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23141 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23142 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23143 extra Sting with extra planning info
23144 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23145 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23146 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23148 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23150 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23151 Store agenda views.
23153 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23155 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23156 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23158 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23160 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23161 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23162 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23163 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23165 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23166 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23167 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23169 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23170 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23172 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23173 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23175 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23177 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23178 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23180 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23181 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23182 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23183 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23184 EDIT-AT.
23186 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23187 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23188 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23189 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23190 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23193 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23194 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23195 including newlines.
23197 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23198 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23199 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23200 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23201 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23202 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23203 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23205 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23207 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23208 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23210 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23211 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23212 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23213 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23214 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23215 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23216 Boolean search must match as full words.
23218 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
23219 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23221 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23223 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23224 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23225 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23227 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23228 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23232 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23233 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23234 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23236 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23238 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23239 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23240 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23241 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23242 `org-stuck-projects'.
23244 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23246 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23247 Return diary information from org files.
23249 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23250 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23251 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23252 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23254 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23256 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23258 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23259 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23261 &%%(org-diary)
23263 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23264 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23265 So the example above may also be written as
23267 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23269 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23270 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23271 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23273 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23275 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23276 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23278 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23280 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23281 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23282 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
23283 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
23284 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23286 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23288 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23289 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23290 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23292 \(fn)" t nil)
23294 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23295 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23297 appointments.
23299 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23300 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23302 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23303 for filtering entries out.
23305 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23306 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23307 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23309 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23310 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23315 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23318 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23319 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23320 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23321 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23322 details and examples.
23324 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
23325 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
23327 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
23331 ;;;***
23332 \f
23333 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
23334 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
23335 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
23337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-")))
23339 ;;;***
23340 \f
23341 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
23342 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23343 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
23345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
23347 ;;;***
23348 \f
23349 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
23350 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23351 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
23353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
23355 ;;;***
23356 \f
23357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23358 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
23360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-")))
23362 ;;;***
23363 \f
23364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
23365 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
23367 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
23368 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
23370 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
23372 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
23373 Capture something.
23375 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
23376 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
23377 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
23379 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
23382 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
23383 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
23384 stored.
23386 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
23388 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
23389 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
23390 will be bypassed.
23392 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
23393 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
23394 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
23395 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
23397 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
23399 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
23400 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
23402 \(fn)" t nil)
23404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-")))
23406 ;;;***
23407 \f
23408 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
23409 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23410 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
23412 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
23414 ;;;***
23415 \f
23416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23417 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
23419 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
23420 Remove all currently active column overlays.
23422 \(fn)" t nil)
23424 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
23427 \(fn)" nil nil)
23429 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
23430 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
23431 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
23433 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
23435 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
23436 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
23438 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
23440 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
23441 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
23443 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
23445 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
23446 Write the column view table.
23447 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
23449 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
23450 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
23451 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
23452 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
23453 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
23455 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
23456 using `org-id-find'.
23457 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
23458 a hline before each level <= that number.
23459 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
23460 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
23461 :skip-empty-rows
23462 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
23463 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
23465 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
23467 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
23468 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
23470 \(fn)" t nil)
23472 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
23473 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
23475 \(fn)" t nil)
23477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
23479 ;;;***
23480 \f
23481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
23482 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
23484 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
23485 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
23487 \(fn)" nil t)
23489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
23491 ;;;***
23492 \f
23493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
23494 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
23496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-")))
23498 ;;;***
23499 \f
23500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
23501 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
23503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-" "y-or-n-minibuffer")))
23505 ;;;***
23506 \f
23507 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
23508 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (0 0 0 0))
23509 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
23511 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
23513 ;;;***
23514 \f
23515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23516 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
23518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-")))
23520 ;;;***
23521 \f
23522 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
23523 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (0 0 0 0))
23524 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
23526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-")))
23528 ;;;***
23529 \f
23530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
23531 ;;;;;; 0))
23532 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
23534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("replace-amp" "org-entit")))
23536 ;;;***
23537 \f
23538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23539 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
23541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-")))
23543 ;;;***
23544 \f
23545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
23546 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
23548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
23550 ;;;***
23551 \f
23552 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
23553 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23554 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
23556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
23558 ;;;***
23559 \f
23560 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
23561 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
23562 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
23564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
23566 ;;;***
23567 \f
23568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
23569 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
23571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-gnus-")))
23573 ;;;***
23574 \f
23575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
23576 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
23578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-")))
23580 ;;;***
23581 \f
23582 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
23583 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23584 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
23586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
23588 ;;;***
23589 \f
23590 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
23591 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23592 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
23594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-")))
23596 ;;;***
23597 \f
23598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
23599 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
23601 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-")))
23603 ;;;***
23604 \f
23605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
23606 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
23607 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
23609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
23611 ;;;***
23612 \f
23613 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
23614 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23615 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
23617 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
23619 ;;;***
23620 \f
23621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
23622 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
23624 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
23626 ;;;***
23627 \f
23628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
23629 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
23631 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-")))
23633 ;;;***
23634 \f
23635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
23636 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
23638 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
23639 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
23641 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
23643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
23645 ;;;***
23646 \f
23647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
23648 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
23650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-")))
23652 ;;;***
23653 \f
23654 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
23655 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23656 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
23658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
23660 ;;;***
23661 \f
23662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
23663 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
23665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
23667 ;;;***
23668 \f
23669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
23670 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23671 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
23673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("org-" "pcomplete/org-mode/")))
23675 ;;;***
23676 \f
23677 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
23678 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23679 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
23681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot")))
23683 ;;;***
23684 \f
23685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
23686 ;;;;;; 0))
23687 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
23689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
23691 ;;;***
23692 \f
23693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
23694 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
23696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-")))
23698 ;;;***
23699 \f
23700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
23701 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
23703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-")))
23705 ;;;***
23706 \f
23707 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
23708 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23709 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
23711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("org" "*orgtbl-")))
23713 ;;;***
23714 \f
23715 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
23716 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23717 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
23719 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
23721 ;;;***
23722 \f
23723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
23724 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
23726 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
23727 The release version of org-mode.
23728 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23730 \(fn)" nil nil)
23732 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
23733 The Git version of org-mode.
23734 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23736 \(fn)" nil nil)
23738 ;;;***
23739 \f
23740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
23741 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
23743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-")))
23745 ;;;***
23746 \f
23747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
23748 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
23749 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23750 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23752 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
23753 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
23754 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
23755 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
23757 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
23758 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
23759 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
23760 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
23763 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
23764 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
23765 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
23766 are used when point is on a heading line.
23768 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
23769 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
23770 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
23772 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
23773 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
23775 \(fn)" t nil)
23777 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
23778 Toggle Outline minor mode.
23779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
23780 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23781 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23783 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
23785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23786 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
23788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
23790 ;;;***
23791 \f
23792 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
23793 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23794 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
23796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-")))
23798 ;;;***
23799 \f
23800 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
23801 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23802 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
23804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-")))
23806 ;;;***
23807 \f
23808 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
23809 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
23812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-")))
23814 ;;;***
23815 \f
23816 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
23817 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23818 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
23820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-")))
23822 ;;;***
23823 \f
23824 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
23825 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
23826 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
23828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-")))
23830 ;;;***
23831 \f
23832 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
23833 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23834 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
23836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-")))
23838 ;;;***
23839 \f
23840 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
23841 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
23844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-")))
23846 ;;;***
23847 \f
23848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
23849 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23850 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
23852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
23854 ;;;***
23855 \f
23856 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
23857 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23858 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
23860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-")))
23862 ;;;***
23863 \f
23864 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
23865 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23866 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
23868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-")))
23870 ;;;***
23871 \f
23872 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
23873 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23874 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
23876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
23878 ;;;***
23879 \f
23880 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
23881 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23882 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
23884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-")))
23886 ;;;***
23887 \f
23888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
23889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
23890 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23892 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
23893 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
23894 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
23895 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
23899 activate the package system at any time.")
23901 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
23903 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
23904 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
23905 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
23906 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
23907 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
23908 it to the file.
23909 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
23910 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
23911 loading packages twice.
23912 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
23913 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
23914 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
23916 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
23918 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
23919 Import keys from FILE.
23921 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
23923 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
23924 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
23925 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
23926 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
23927 and make them available for download.
23928 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
23929 downloads in the background.
23931 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
23933 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
23934 Install the package PKG.
23935 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
23936 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
23938 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
23939 `package-selected-packages'.
23941 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
23942 to install it but still mark it as selected.
23944 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
23946 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
23947 Install a package from the current buffer.
23948 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
23949 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
23950 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
23952 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
23953 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
23954 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
23956 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
23958 \(fn)" t nil)
23960 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
23961 Install a package from a file.
23962 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
23963 directory.
23965 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23967 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
23968 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
23969 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
23971 \(fn)" t nil)
23973 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
23974 Reinstall package PKG.
23975 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
23976 object.
23978 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
23980 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
23981 Remove packages that are no more needed.
23983 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
23984 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
23985 will be deleted.
23987 \(fn)" t nil)
23989 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
23990 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
23992 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
23994 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
23995 Display a list of packages.
23996 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
23997 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
23998 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
24000 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
24002 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
24004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("package-" "define-package" "describe-package-1" "bad-signature")))
24006 ;;;***
24007 \f
24008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24009 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-")))
24014 ;;;***
24015 \f
24016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24017 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("previous-page" "pages-" "sort-pages-" "original-page-delimiter" "add-new-page" "next-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map")))
24021 ;;;***
24022 \f
24023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24024 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24026 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24027 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24028 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24029 for a description of this minor mode.
24030 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24031 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24032 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24034 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24036 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24037 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24038 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
24039 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24040 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24042 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24043 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24044 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-")))
24050 ;;;***
24051 \f
24052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24053 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24054 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24055 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24057 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24058 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24059 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24061 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24063 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24064 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24066 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-")))
24070 ;;;***
24071 \f
24072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24075 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24077 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24079 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24082 Other useful functions are:
24094 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24096 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24097 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24098 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24099 Indentation for case statements.
24100 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24101 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24102 mark after an end.
24103 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24104 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24105 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24106 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24107 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24108 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24109 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24110 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24111 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24112 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24114 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24115 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24117 \(fn)" t nil)
24119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("pascal-" "electric-pascal-")))
24121 ;;;***
24122 \f
24123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24124 ;;;;;; 0))
24125 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24127 (defvar password-cache t "\
24128 Whether to cache passwords.")
24130 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24132 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24133 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24134 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24136 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24138 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24139 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24141 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-")))
24145 ;;;***
24146 \f
24147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24150 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24151 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
24152 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24154 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
24156 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
24157 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
24159 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
24160 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
24161 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
24163 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
24165 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
24166 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
24167 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
24168 quoted.)
24170 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
24171 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
24172 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
24173 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
24175 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
24177 _ matches anything.
24178 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24179 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24180 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24181 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24182 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24185 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
24186 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
24187 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24188 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
24189 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
24191 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24193 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
24194 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
24195 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
24196 which is the value being matched.
24197 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
24198 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
24200 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
24201 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24203 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24205 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24207 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24208 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24210 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24212 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24214 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24215 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24216 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24217 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24218 variable name being but a special case of it).
24220 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24222 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
24224 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
24226 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
24227 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24228 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24229 of the form (PAT EXP).
24231 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24233 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24235 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
24236 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24237 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24238 of the form (PAT EXP).
24239 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
24240 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
24241 any kind of error.
24243 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24245 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24247 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
24250 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
24252 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24254 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
24255 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
24256 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
24257 to this macro.
24259 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24261 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
24263 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
24265 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-")))
24267 ;;;***
24268 \f
24269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24270 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
24272 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
24273 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
24275 \(fn)" nil nil)
24277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-")))
24279 ;;;***
24280 \f
24281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
24282 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
24284 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24285 Completion for `gzip'.
24287 \(fn)" nil nil)
24289 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24290 Completion for `bzip2'.
24292 \(fn)" nil nil)
24294 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24295 Completion for GNU `make'.
24297 \(fn)" nil nil)
24299 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24300 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
24302 \(fn)" nil nil)
24304 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24305 Completion for the GNU find utility.
24307 \(fn)" nil nil)
24309 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
24311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
24313 ;;;***
24314 \f
24315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
24316 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
24318 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
24319 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
24321 \(fn)" nil nil)
24323 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24324 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
24326 \(fn)" nil nil)
24328 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24329 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
24331 \(fn)" nil nil)
24333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcomplete-pare-list" "pcmpl-linux-")))
24335 ;;;***
24336 \f
24337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
24340 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
24341 Completion for the `rpm' command.
24343 \(fn)" nil nil)
24345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
24347 ;;;***
24348 \f
24349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
24350 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
24352 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
24353 Completion for `cd'.
24355 \(fn)" nil nil)
24357 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
24359 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
24360 Completion for `rmdir'.
24362 \(fn)" nil nil)
24364 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
24365 Completion for `rm'.
24367 \(fn)" nil nil)
24369 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
24370 Completion for `xargs'.
24372 \(fn)" nil nil)
24374 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
24376 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
24377 Completion for `which'.
24379 \(fn)" nil nil)
24381 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
24382 Completion for the `chown' command.
24384 \(fn)" nil nil)
24386 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24387 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
24389 \(fn)" nil nil)
24391 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
24392 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
24394 \(fn)" nil nil)
24396 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24397 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
24398 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
24400 \(fn)" nil nil)
24402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-")))
24404 ;;;***
24405 \f
24406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
24407 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
24409 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
24410 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
24412 \(fn)" nil nil)
24414 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
24415 Completion for the `ack' command.
24416 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
24417 long options.
24419 \(fn)" nil nil)
24421 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
24423 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
24424 Completion for the `ag' command.
24426 \(fn)" nil nil)
24428 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-")))
24430 ;;;***
24431 \f
24432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
24433 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
24435 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
24436 Support extensible programmable completion.
24437 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
24438 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
24440 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
24442 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
24443 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
24445 \(fn)" t nil)
24447 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
24448 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24449 This will modify the current buffer.
24451 \(fn)" t nil)
24453 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
24454 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
24456 \(fn)" t nil)
24458 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
24459 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24460 This will modify the current buffer.
24462 \(fn)" t nil)
24464 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
24465 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
24467 \(fn)" t nil)
24469 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
24470 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
24472 \(fn)" t nil)
24474 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
24475 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
24476 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
24477 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
24478 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
24480 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
24482 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
24483 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
24485 \(fn)" nil nil)
24487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-")))
24489 ;;;***
24490 \f
24491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24492 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
24494 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
24495 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
24496 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
24497 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24499 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
24501 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
24503 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
24504 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
24505 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
24507 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24508 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24509 FLAGS is ignored.
24511 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
24513 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
24514 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
24515 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
24516 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24517 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24519 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24520 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24522 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24524 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
24525 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24526 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24529 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24530 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
24531 passed to cvs.
24533 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
24535 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
24536 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24537 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24538 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24540 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24541 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24543 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24545 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
24546 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
24547 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
24549 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
24551 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
24552 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
24553 A value of nil means never do it.
24554 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
24555 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
24556 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
24558 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
24560 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
24561 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
24562 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
24564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
24566 ;;;***
24567 \f
24568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24569 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
24571 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
24572 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
24574 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
24576 ;;;***
24577 \f
24578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24579 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
24581 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
24583 ;;;***
24584 \f
24585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24586 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
24588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
24590 ;;;***
24591 \f
24592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
24593 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
24595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
24597 ;;;***
24598 \f
24599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
24600 ;;;;;; 0))
24601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
24602 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24603 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24604 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24605 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24606 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24607 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24609 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
24610 Major mode for editing Perl code.
24611 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
24612 Tab indents for Perl code.
24614 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24615 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24617 Variables controlling indentation style:
24618 `perl-tab-always-indent'
24619 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
24620 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24621 `perl-tab-to-comment'
24622 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
24623 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
24624 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
24625 `perl-nochange'
24626 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
24627 `perl-indent-level'
24628 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
24629 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
24630 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
24631 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
24632 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
24633 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
24634 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
24635 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
24636 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
24637 `perl-brace-offset'
24638 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
24639 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
24640 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
24641 this far to the right of the start of its line.
24642 `perl-label-offset'
24643 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
24644 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
24645 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
24647 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
24648 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
24649 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
24650 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
24651 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
24652 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
24653 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
24655 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
24657 \(fn)" t nil)
24659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("perl-" "mark-perl-function" "indent-perl-exp")))
24661 ;;;***
24662 \f
24663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
24664 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
24666 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
24667 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
24669 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
24670 afterwards settable by these commands:
24687 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
24688 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
24689 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
24690 with these commands:
24694 Move to column following last
24702 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
24704 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
24708 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
24711 You can manipulate text with these commands:
24716 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
24719 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
24729 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
24730 by supplying an argument.
24732 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
24734 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
24735 they are not by default assigned to keys.
24737 \(fn)" t nil)
24739 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
24741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
24743 ;;;***
24744 \f
24745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (0 0 0 0))
24746 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
24747 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
24749 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
24750 Start a Pinentry service.
24752 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
24753 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
24755 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
24756 will not be shown.
24758 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
24760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pinentry" '("pinentry-")))
24762 ;;;***
24763 \f
24764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
24765 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
24767 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
24768 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
24770 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24772 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
24773 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
24775 \(fn)" t nil)
24777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-")))
24779 ;;;***
24780 \f
24781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
24782 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
24784 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
24785 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
24786 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
24788 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
24790 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-")))
24792 ;;;***
24793 \f
24794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
24795 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
24797 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
24798 Play pong and waste time.
24799 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
24800 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
24806 \(fn)" t nil)
24808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
24810 ;;;***
24811 \f
24812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
24813 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
24815 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
24816 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
24817 Use streaming commands.
24819 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
24823 ;;;***
24824 \f
24825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
24826 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
24828 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
24829 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
24830 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
24831 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
24833 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
24835 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
24836 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
24838 \(fn)" nil nil)
24840 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
24841 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
24842 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
24843 can handle, whenever this is possible.
24844 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
24846 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
24848 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
24849 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24850 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
24852 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24854 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
24855 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24857 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24859 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
24860 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
24861 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24862 Ignores leading comment characters.
24864 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24866 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
24867 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
24868 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24869 Ignores leading comment characters.
24871 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-")))
24875 ;;;***
24876 \f
24877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
24878 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
24879 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24881 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
24882 Activate the printing interface buffer.
24884 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
24888 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24890 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
24891 Preview directory using ghostview.
24893 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24894 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24895 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24896 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24898 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24899 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24900 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24901 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24902 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24903 file name.
24905 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24907 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24909 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
24910 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
24912 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24913 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24914 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24915 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24917 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24918 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24919 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24920 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24921 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24922 file name.
24924 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24926 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24928 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
24929 Print directory using PostScript printer.
24931 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24932 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24933 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24934 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24936 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24937 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24938 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24939 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24940 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24941 file name.
24943 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24945 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24947 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
24948 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
24950 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
24952 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24953 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24954 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24955 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24957 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24958 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24959 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24960 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24961 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24962 file name.
24964 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24966 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24968 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
24969 Preview buffer using ghostview.
24971 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24972 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24973 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24975 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24976 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
24977 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
24978 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24980 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24982 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
24983 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
24985 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24986 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24987 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
24989 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24990 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
24991 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
24992 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24994 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24996 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
24997 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
24999 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25000 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25001 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25003 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25004 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25005 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25006 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25008 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25010 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25011 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25013 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25015 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25016 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25017 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25019 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25020 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25021 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25022 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25024 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25026 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25027 Preview region using ghostview.
25029 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25031 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25033 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25034 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25036 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25038 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25040 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25041 Print region using PostScript printer.
25043 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25045 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25047 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25048 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25050 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25052 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25054 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25055 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25057 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25059 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25061 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25062 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25064 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25066 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25068 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25069 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25071 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25073 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25075 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25076 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25078 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25080 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25082 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25083 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25084 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25085 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25087 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25088 matching.
25090 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25091 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25093 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25095 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25097 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25098 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25099 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25100 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25102 \(fn)" t nil)
25104 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25105 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25106 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25107 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25109 \(fn)" t nil)
25111 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25112 Print directory using text printer.
25114 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25115 matching.
25117 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25118 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25120 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25122 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25124 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25125 Print buffer using text printer.
25127 \(fn)" t nil)
25129 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25130 Print region using text printer.
25132 \(fn)" t nil)
25134 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25135 Print major mode using text printer.
25137 \(fn)" t nil)
25139 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25140 Preview spooled PostScript.
25142 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25143 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25144 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25146 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25147 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25148 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25150 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25152 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25153 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25155 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25156 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25157 instead of sending it to the printer.
25159 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25160 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25161 image in a file with that name.
25163 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25165 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25166 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25168 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25169 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25170 instead of sending it to the printer.
25172 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25173 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25174 image in a file with that name.
25176 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25178 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25179 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25181 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25182 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25183 instead of sending it to the printer.
25185 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25186 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25187 image in a file with that name.
25189 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25191 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25192 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25194 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25196 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25197 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25199 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25201 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25202 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
25204 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25206 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
25207 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
25209 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25211 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
25212 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25214 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25216 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
25217 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
25219 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
25220 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25221 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
25222 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25224 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25225 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
25226 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
25227 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
25228 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
25229 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
25230 file name.
25232 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25234 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
25235 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
25237 \(fn)" t nil)
25239 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
25240 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
25242 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25243 right.
25244 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25245 bottom.
25247 \(fn)" t nil)
25249 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
25250 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
25252 \(fn)" t nil)
25254 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
25255 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
25257 \(fn)" t nil)
25259 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
25260 Toggle printing with faces.
25262 \(fn)" t nil)
25264 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
25265 Toggle spooling.
25267 \(fn)" t nil)
25269 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
25270 Toggle duplex.
25272 \(fn)" t nil)
25274 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
25275 Toggle tumble.
25277 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25278 right.
25279 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25280 bottom.
25282 \(fn)" t nil)
25284 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
25285 Toggle landscape.
25287 \(fn)" t nil)
25289 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
25290 Toggle upside-down.
25292 \(fn)" t nil)
25294 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
25295 Toggle line number.
25297 \(fn)" t nil)
25299 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
25300 Toggle zebra stripes.
25302 \(fn)" t nil)
25304 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
25305 Toggle printing header.
25307 \(fn)" t nil)
25309 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
25310 Toggle printing header frame.
25312 \(fn)" t nil)
25314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
25315 Toggle menu lock.
25317 \(fn)" t nil)
25319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
25320 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
25322 \(fn)" t nil)
25324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
25325 Toggle auto mode.
25327 \(fn)" t nil)
25329 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
25330 Customization of the `printing' group.
25332 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25334 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
25335 Customization of the `lpr' group.
25337 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25339 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
25340 Help for the printing package.
25342 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25344 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
25345 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
25347 \(fn)" t nil)
25349 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
25350 Interactively select a text printer.
25352 \(fn)" t nil)
25354 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
25355 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
25357 \(fn)" t nil)
25359 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
25360 Show current ps-print settings.
25362 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25364 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
25365 Show current printing settings.
25367 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25369 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
25370 Show current lpr settings.
25372 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25374 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
25375 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
25377 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25378 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25379 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25380 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
25383 Interactively, you have the following situations:
25385 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25386 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
25387 immediately be done using the current active printer.
25389 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25390 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25391 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
25392 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
25393 current active printer.
25395 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25396 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
25397 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25398 printer.
25400 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25401 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
25402 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
25403 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
25404 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25407 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
25408 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
25410 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
25412 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
25413 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
25414 be done using the new current active printer.
25416 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
25417 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25418 printer.
25420 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
25421 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
25422 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
25423 instead of sending it to the printer.
25425 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
25426 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25427 printer.
25429 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
25432 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25433 are both set to t.
25435 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
25437 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
25438 Fast fire function for text printing.
25440 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25441 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25442 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25443 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
25445 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25446 user for a new active text printer.
25448 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
25450 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
25452 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
25453 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25454 printer.
25456 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
25458 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25459 are both set to t.
25461 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
25463 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("pr-" "lpr-setup")))
25465 ;;;***
25466 \f
25467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
25468 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
25470 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
25471 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
25473 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
25474 the process information.
25476 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
25478 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
25479 Proced buffers.
25481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25483 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
25485 ;;;***
25486 \f
25487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
25488 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
25490 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
25491 Start/restart profilers.
25492 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
25493 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
25494 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
25496 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
25498 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
25499 Open profile FILENAME.
25501 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25503 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
25504 Open profile FILENAME.
25506 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25508 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
25509 Open profile FILENAME.
25511 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
25515 ;;;***
25516 \f
25517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
25518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
25520 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
25521 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
25522 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
25523 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
25524 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
25525 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
25527 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
25529 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
25530 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
25532 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
25534 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25536 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
25537 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
25539 pattern to search for.
25541 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25543 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
25544 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
25545 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25546 recognized.
25548 \(fn)" t nil)
25550 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
25551 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
25552 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25553 recognized.
25555 \(fn)" t nil)
25557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-")))
25559 ;;;***
25560 \f
25561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
25562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
25564 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
25565 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
25567 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
25568 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
25570 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
25572 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
25575 Commands:
25578 \(fn)" t nil)
25580 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
25581 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
25582 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
25584 \(fn)" t nil)
25586 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
25587 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
25588 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
25590 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("prolog-" "mercury-mode-map")))
25594 ;;;***
25595 \f
25596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
25597 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
25599 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
25600 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
25603 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
25605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
25607 ;;;***
25608 \f
25609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
25610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
25611 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
25613 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
25614 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
25616 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
25618 The following variables hold user options, and can
25619 be set through the `customize' command:
25621 `ps-mode-tab'
25622 `ps-mode-paper-size'
25623 `ps-mode-print-function'
25624 `ps-run-prompt'
25625 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
25626 `ps-run-x'
25627 `ps-run-dumb'
25628 `ps-run-init'
25629 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
25630 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
25639 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
25640 The keymap for this second window is:
25645 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
25646 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
25647 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
25648 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
25649 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
25651 \(fn)" t nil)
25653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-")))
25655 ;;;***
25656 \f
25657 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
25658 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
25659 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
25661 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
25663 ;;;***
25664 \f
25665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
25666 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
25667 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25669 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
25670 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
25671 See `ps-paper-type'.")
25673 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
25675 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
25676 Specify the size of paper to format for.
25677 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
25678 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
25680 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
25682 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
25683 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
25685 Valid values are:
25687 nil Do not print colors.
25689 t Print colors.
25691 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
25692 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
25694 Any other value is treated as t.")
25696 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
25698 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
25699 Customization of ps-print group.
25701 \(fn)" t nil)
25703 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
25704 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25706 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25707 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
25708 sending it to the printer.
25710 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25711 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25712 image in a file with that name.
25714 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25716 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25717 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25718 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25719 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25720 so it has a way to determine color values.
25722 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25724 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
25725 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25726 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
25728 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25730 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25731 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25732 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25733 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25734 so it has a way to determine color values.
25736 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25738 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
25739 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25740 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
25741 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
25743 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25745 \(fn)" t nil)
25747 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25748 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25749 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
25750 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
25751 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
25753 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25755 \(fn)" t nil)
25757 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
25758 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25759 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
25761 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25763 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25765 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25766 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25767 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25768 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25769 so it has a way to determine color values.
25771 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25773 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25775 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
25776 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25778 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25779 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25780 instead of sending it to the printer.
25782 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25783 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25784 image in a file with that name.
25786 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25788 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
25789 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
25790 Done using the current ps-print setup.
25794 \(fn)" t nil)
25796 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
25797 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
25798 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25800 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25802 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
25803 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
25804 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25806 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25808 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
25809 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
25811 \(fn)" nil nil)
25813 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
25814 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25816 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
25817 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25819 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25820 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25822 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
25824 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
25826 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25828 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
25829 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25831 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
25832 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25834 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25835 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25837 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
25839 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
25841 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
25843 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
25844 foreground and background colors respectively.
25846 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
25847 bold - use bold font.
25848 italic - use italic font.
25849 underline - put a line under text.
25850 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
25851 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
25852 shadow - text will have a shadow.
25853 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
25854 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
25856 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
25858 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
25862 ;;;***
25863 \f
25864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25865 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
25867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
25869 ;;;***
25870 \f
25871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
25872 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
25873 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
25875 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
25876 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
25877 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25879 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25881 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
25882 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
25883 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25885 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
25889 ;;;***
25890 \f
25891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
25892 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
25894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
25896 ;;;***
25897 \f
25898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
25899 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
25900 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25904 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
25906 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
25907 Run an inferior Python process.
25909 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
25910 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
25911 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
25912 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
25913 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
25915 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
25916 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
25917 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
25918 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
25920 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
25922 process buffer for a list of commands.)
25924 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
25926 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
25927 Major mode for editing Python files.
25931 \(fn)" t nil)
25933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("python-" "run-python-internal" "inferior-python-mode")))
25935 ;;;***
25936 \f
25937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25938 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
25940 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
25941 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
25942 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
25943 coding-system.
25945 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
25948 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
25949 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
25950 them into characters should be done separately.
25952 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
25954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-")))
25956 ;;;***
25957 \f
25958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
25959 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
25961 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
25962 Return the title of the current Quail package.
25964 \(fn)" nil nil)
25966 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
25967 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
25968 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
25970 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
25971 `quail-activate', which see.
25973 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
25975 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
25976 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
25977 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
25978 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
25979 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
25980 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
25981 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
25983 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
25984 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
25985 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
25986 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
25987 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
25988 shown.
25989 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
25991 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
25992 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
25995 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
25996 list of candidates.
25998 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
25999 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
26000 command to be called.
26002 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
26003 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
26004 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
26005 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
26007 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26008 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26009 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26010 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26011 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26012 to t.
26014 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26015 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26016 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26017 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26019 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26020 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26021 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26022 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26023 defines no translations for single character keys.
26025 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26026 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26027 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26028 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26029 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26030 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26032 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26033 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26036 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26039 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26040 covers Quail translation region.
26042 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26043 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26044 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26045 for it) is inserted.
26047 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26048 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26049 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26051 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26052 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26053 non-Quail commands.
26055 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26057 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26058 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26060 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26061 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26062 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26063 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26064 you type is correctly handled.
26066 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26068 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26069 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26071 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26072 keyboard type.
26074 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26076 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26077 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26078 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26079 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26080 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26081 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26082 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26083 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26084 for the translation.
26085 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26087 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26088 it is used to handle KEY.
26090 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26091 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26092 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26093 the following annotation types are supported.
26095 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26096 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26098 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26099 candidate list.
26101 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26102 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26103 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26104 inserted.
26106 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26107 generated for the following translations.
26109 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26111 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26112 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26114 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26115 which to install MAP.
26117 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26119 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26121 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26122 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26124 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26125 which to install MAP.
26127 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26129 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26131 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26132 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26133 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26134 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26135 a function, or a cons.
26136 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26137 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26138 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26139 for the translation.
26140 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26141 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26142 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26143 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26144 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26146 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26147 it is used to handle KEY.
26149 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26150 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26151 current Quail package.
26153 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26154 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26156 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26158 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26159 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26161 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26162 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26164 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26166 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26167 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26169 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26171 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26172 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26173 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26174 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26175 of the Emacs source tree.
26177 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26180 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26181 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26182 of each directory.
26184 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26188 ;;;***
26189 \f
26190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26191 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26192 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26196 ;;;***
26197 \f
26198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26199 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26200 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
26202 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
26203 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
26204 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
26205 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
26207 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("hangul" "alphabetp" "notzerop")))
26211 ;;;***
26212 \f
26213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
26214 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26215 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
26217 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("inscript-" "quail-")))
26219 ;;;***
26220 \f
26221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
26222 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
26224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-")))
26226 ;;;***
26227 \f
26228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
26229 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26230 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
26232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
26234 ;;;***
26235 \f
26236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
26237 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
26239 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
26241 ;;;***
26242 \f
26243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
26244 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
26246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
26248 ;;;***
26249 \f
26250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
26251 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26252 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
26254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-")))
26256 ;;;***
26257 \f
26258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
26259 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
26261 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
26263 ;;;***
26264 \f
26265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
26266 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26267 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
26269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("quail-tib" "tibetan-")))
26271 ;;;***
26272 \f
26273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
26274 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26275 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
26277 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
26278 Activate UCS input method.
26279 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
26281 While this input method is active, the variable
26282 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
26284 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
26286 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-")))
26288 ;;;***
26289 \f
26290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
26291 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
26293 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
26295 ;;;***
26296 \f
26297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26298 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
26300 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
26301 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
26302 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
26303 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
26305 To make use of this do something like:
26307 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
26309 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
26311 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
26312 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
26314 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
26315 buffer, this default action can be modified via
26316 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26318 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26320 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
26321 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
26323 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26325 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
26326 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
26328 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
26329 is decided.
26331 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
26333 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
26334 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
26336 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
26337 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
26338 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26340 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26342 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
26343 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
26345 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26347 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
26348 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
26350 \(fn)" t nil)
26352 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
26353 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
26355 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
26359 \(fn)" t nil)
26361 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
26362 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
26364 \(fn)" t nil)
26366 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
26368 ;;;***
26369 \f
26370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
26371 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26372 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
26374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
26376 ;;;***
26377 \f
26378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
26379 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
26381 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
26382 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
26384 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
26386 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
26388 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26390 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
26392 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
26395 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
26397 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
26398 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
26399 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
26400 for a description of this minor mode.
26401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26403 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
26405 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
26407 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
26408 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
26409 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26410 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26411 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("rcirc-" "defun-rcirc-command" "set-rcirc-" "with-rcirc-")))
26417 ;;;***
26418 \f
26419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
26420 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26421 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
26423 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
26425 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
26426 Construct a regexp interactively.
26429 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
26432 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
26434 \(fn)" t nil)
26436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("reb-" "re-builder-unload-function")))
26438 ;;;***
26439 \f
26440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26441 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
26443 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
26444 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
26445 See the `recentf-mode' command
26446 for a description of this minor mode.
26447 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26448 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26449 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
26451 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
26453 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
26455 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
26456 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26457 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26461 were operated on recently.
26463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26465 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
26467 ;;;***
26468 \f
26469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
26470 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
26472 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
26473 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
26474 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
26475 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
26476 ends.
26478 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26479 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
26480 to be deleted.
26482 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26484 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26485 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26486 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26488 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26489 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26490 deleted.
26492 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
26494 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26495 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26496 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26498 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
26500 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
26501 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26503 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26504 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
26506 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26507 deleted.
26509 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
26510 the rectangle, but put it in `killed-rectangle' anyway. This means that
26511 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
26512 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
26513 even beep.)
26515 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26517 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
26518 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26520 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26522 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
26523 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
26525 \(fn)" t nil)
26527 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26528 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
26529 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
26530 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
26531 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
26532 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
26533 and point is at the lower right corner.
26535 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
26537 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
26538 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26540 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
26541 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
26543 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26544 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
26545 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
26547 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26549 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
26551 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
26552 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
26553 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
26554 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
26555 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
26557 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26558 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
26560 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26562 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
26563 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
26564 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
26566 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
26568 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26570 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
26572 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26573 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26575 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26576 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
26577 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
26579 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26581 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
26582 Blank out the region-rectangle.
26583 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
26585 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26586 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
26587 rectangle which were empty.
26589 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26591 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
26592 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
26594 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
26595 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
26596 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
26597 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
26599 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
26601 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
26602 Toggle the region as rectangular.
26603 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
26605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("rectangle-" "clear-rectangle-line" "spaces-string" "string-rectangle-" "delete-" "ope" "killed-rectangle" "extract-rectangle-" "apply-on-rectangle")))
26609 ;;;***
26610 \f
26611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
26612 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
26614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
26616 ;;;***
26617 \f
26618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
26619 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
26621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
26623 ;;;***
26624 \f
26625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
26626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
26628 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
26629 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
26630 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
26631 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26632 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26634 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
26635 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
26636 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
26637 auto-filling.
26641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
26645 ;;;***
26646 \f
26647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
26648 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
26649 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
26650 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
26651 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
26652 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
26654 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
26655 Turn on RefTeX mode.
26657 \(fn)" nil nil)
26659 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
26666 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
26667 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
26671 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
26674 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
26675 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
26678 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
26679 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
26681 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
26685 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
26686 on the menu bar.
26688 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26692 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
26693 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
26694 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
26696 \(fn)" nil nil)
26698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-")))
26700 ;;;***
26701 \f
26702 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
26703 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
26706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-")))
26708 ;;;***
26709 \f
26710 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
26711 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
26712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
26714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-")))
26716 ;;;***
26717 \f
26718 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
26719 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26720 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
26722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
26724 ;;;***
26725 \f
26726 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
26727 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
26728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
26730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-")))
26732 ;;;***
26733 \f
26734 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
26735 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (0 0 0 0))
26736 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
26738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
26740 ;;;***
26741 \f
26742 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
26743 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
26744 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
26746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
26748 ;;;***
26749 \f
26750 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
26751 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26752 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
26754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
26756 ;;;***
26757 \f
26758 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
26759 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
26762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-")))
26764 ;;;***
26765 \f
26766 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
26767 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26768 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
26770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-")))
26772 ;;;***
26773 \f
26774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
26775 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26776 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
26777 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26778 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26779 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26780 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
26782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
26784 ;;;***
26785 \f
26786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
26787 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
26790 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
26791 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
26792 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
26793 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
26794 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
26795 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
26800 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
26802 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
26805 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
26807 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
26808 Return the depth of REGEXP.
26809 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
26810 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
26812 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
26814 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-")))
26816 ;;;***
26817 \f
26818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
26819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
26820 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
26822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-")))
26824 ;;;***
26825 \f
26826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
26827 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
26829 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-")))
26831 ;;;***
26832 \f
26833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
26834 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
26835 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26837 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
26838 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
26839 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
26840 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
26842 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
26844 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26846 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
26847 Call `remember' in another frame.
26849 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26851 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
26852 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
26853 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
26855 \(fn)" t nil)
26857 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
26858 Extract diary entries from the region.
26860 \(fn)" nil nil)
26862 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
26863 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
26864 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
26865 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
26867 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
26869 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
26870 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
26871 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
26872 minor mode.
26874 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
26876 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
26877 Return the buffer.
26879 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
26881 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
26883 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
26885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
26887 ;;;***
26888 \f
26889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
26890 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
26891 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
26893 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
26894 Repeat most recently executed command.
26895 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
26896 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
26897 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
26899 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
26900 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
26901 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
26902 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
26904 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
26908 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
26910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
26912 ;;;***
26913 \f
26914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
26915 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
26917 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
26918 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
26920 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
26921 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
26922 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
26923 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
26924 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
26925 and point is left after the salutation.
26927 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
26928 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
26929 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
26930 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
26931 left after that text.
26933 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
26934 is non-nil.
26936 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
26937 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
26938 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
26939 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
26941 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
26943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
26945 ;;;***
26946 \f
26947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
26948 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
26950 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
26951 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
26952 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
26953 visibility of comments that precede it.
26954 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
26955 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
26956 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
26957 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
26958 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
26959 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
26960 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
26961 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
26962 the comment lines.
26963 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
26964 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
26965 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
26966 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
26967 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
26969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines")))
26973 ;;;***
26974 \f
26975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
26976 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
26978 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
26979 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
26980 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
26981 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26982 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26984 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
26985 reveals invisible text around point.
26987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26989 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
26990 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
26991 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
26992 for a description of this minor mode.
26993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26994 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26995 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
26997 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
26999 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27000 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
27001 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
27003 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
27004 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27005 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27011 ;;;***
27012 \f
27013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27014 ;;;;;; 0))
27015 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
27019 ;;;***
27020 \f
27021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27024 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27026 ;;;***
27027 \f
27028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27029 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27033 ;;;***
27034 \f
27035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27036 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-")))
27040 ;;;***
27041 \f
27042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27043 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-")))
27047 ;;;***
27048 \f
27049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27050 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-")))
27054 ;;;***
27055 \f
27056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27057 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27061 ;;;***
27062 \f
27063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27066 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27067 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27069 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27071 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27072 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27074 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27076 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27078 ;;;***
27079 \f
27080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27081 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27083 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27084 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27085 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27086 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27088 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27090 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27091 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27092 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27093 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27095 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27096 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27098 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27099 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27101 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27102 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27103 INPUT-ARGS.
27105 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27106 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27107 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27108 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27109 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27111 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27112 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27113 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27114 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27116 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27117 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27118 variable.
27120 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27122 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27124 ;;;***
27125 \f
27126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27127 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27129 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27130 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27132 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27134 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27136 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27137 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27138 Its name should end with a slash.")
27140 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27141 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27143 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27144 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27145 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27147 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27149 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
27150 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
27151 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
27152 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
27153 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
27154 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
27155 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
27157 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
27158 sent by you under different user names.
27159 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
27161 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
27163 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
27165 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27167 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
27168 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
27169 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
27170 explicitly.")
27172 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27174 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
27175 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
27176 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
27177 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
27178 which normally happens once for each message,
27179 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
27180 To make a change in this variable take effect
27181 for a message that you have already viewed,
27184 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27186 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
27187 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
27188 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
27189 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
27191 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
27193 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
27194 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
27196 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27199 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
27200 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
27202 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
27204 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
27205 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
27206 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
27207 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
27208 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
27211 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
27213 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
27214 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
27216 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
27219 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
27221 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
27223 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
27224 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
27226 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
27227 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
27229 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
27231 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
27232 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
27234 This is set to nil by default.")
27236 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
27237 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
27238 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
27239 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
27240 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
27241 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
27242 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
27244 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
27245 Read and edit incoming mail.
27246 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
27247 file in RMAIL Mode.
27250 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
27251 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
27252 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
27253 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
27255 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
27257 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
27259 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
27261 All normal editing commands are turned off.
27262 Instead, these commands are available:
27278 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
27279 till a deleted message is found.
27280 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
27293 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
27298 (label defaults to last one specified).
27299 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
27309 \(fn)" t nil)
27311 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
27312 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
27314 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
27316 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
27317 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
27319 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
27321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("rmail-" "mail-")))
27323 ;;;***
27324 \f
27325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
27326 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
27329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rmail-" "rsf-")))
27331 ;;;***
27332 \f
27333 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27334 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27335 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
27337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-")))
27339 ;;;***
27340 \f
27341 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
27342 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27343 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
27345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-")))
27347 ;;;***
27348 \f
27349 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
27350 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27351 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
27353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-")))
27355 ;;;***
27356 \f
27357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
27358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
27359 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
27361 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
27362 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
27363 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
27364 case it writes Babyl.
27366 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
27367 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
27368 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27369 `rmail-default-file'.
27371 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
27372 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
27373 buffer, updates it accordingly.
27375 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
27376 the header display is currently pruned.
27378 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
27379 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
27380 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
27381 messages after output.
27383 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
27385 message (if writing a file directly).
27387 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
27388 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
27390 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27392 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
27393 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
27394 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
27395 i) the header is output as currently seen
27396 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
27397 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
27399 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
27400 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
27401 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
27403 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27405 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
27406 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
27407 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
27409 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
27410 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27411 `rmail-default-body-file'.
27413 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
27414 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
27415 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
27417 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-")))
27421 ;;;***
27422 \f
27423 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
27424 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27425 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
27427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-")))
27429 ;;;***
27430 \f
27431 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
27432 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27433 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
27435 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-")))
27437 ;;;***
27438 \f
27439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
27440 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
27442 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
27443 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
27444 Return a pattern.
27446 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
27448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-")))
27450 ;;;***
27451 \f
27452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27453 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
27455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-")))
27457 ;;;***
27458 \f
27459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
27460 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
27462 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
27464 ;;;***
27465 \f
27466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
27467 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
27469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
27471 ;;;***
27472 \f
27473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
27474 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
27476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-")))
27478 ;;;***
27479 \f
27480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
27481 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
27483 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
27484 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
27485 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
27486 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
27488 \(fn)" t nil)
27490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
27492 ;;;***
27493 \f
27494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27495 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
27497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-")))
27499 ;;;***
27500 \f
27501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
27502 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
27504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-")))
27506 ;;;***
27507 \f
27508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
27509 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
27511 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
27513 ;;;***
27514 \f
27515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
27516 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
27518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
27520 ;;;***
27521 \f
27522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
27523 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
27525 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
27526 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
27528 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
27529 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
27530 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
27531 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
27532 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
27534 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
27535 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
27536 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
27537 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
27539 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
27540 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
27542 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
27543 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
27544 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
27545 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
27546 to use for finding the schema.
27548 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
27550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
27552 ;;;***
27553 \f
27554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
27555 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
27557 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
27559 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
27560 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
27561 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
27562 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
27563 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
27564 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
27565 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
27566 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
27567 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
27568 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
27569 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
27570 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
27571 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
27572 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
27573 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
27574 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
27575 must be equal.
27577 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
27579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
27581 ;;;***
27582 \f
27583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27584 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
27586 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
27587 Define a robin package.
27589 NAME is the string of this robin package.
27590 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
27591 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
27592 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
27594 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
27595 one replaces the old one.
27597 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
27599 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
27600 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
27602 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
27603 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
27604 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
27606 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
27608 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
27609 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
27611 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
27613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
27615 ;;;***
27616 \f
27617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
27618 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
27620 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
27621 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
27623 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
27625 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
27626 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
27628 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27630 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
27631 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
27633 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27635 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
27636 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
27637 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
27639 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
27640 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
27641 in ROT13.
27643 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
27645 \(fn)" t nil)
27647 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
27648 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
27650 \(fn)" t nil)
27652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-")))
27654 ;;;***
27655 \f
27656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
27657 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
27660 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
27661 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
27664 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
27665 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
27666 highlighting.
27670 \(fn)" t nil)
27672 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
27673 Toggle ReST minor mode.
27674 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
27675 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27676 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27678 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
27679 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
27680 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
27682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
27686 ;;;***
27687 \f
27688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
27689 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
27691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
27693 ;;;***
27694 \f
27695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
27696 ;;;;;; 0))
27697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
27698 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
27700 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
27701 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
27705 \(fn)" t nil)
27707 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
27709 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
27711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-")))
27713 ;;;***
27714 \f
27715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
27716 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
27717 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
27719 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
27720 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
27721 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
27723 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
27724 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
27725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
27726 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
27727 if ARG is omitted or nil.
27729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-")))
27733 ;;;***
27734 \f
27735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
27736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
27738 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
27739 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
27740 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
27741 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
27743 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
27745 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
27746 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
27747 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
27749 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
27750 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
27751 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
27753 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
27754 notation.
27756 STRING
27757 matches string STRING literally.
27759 CHAR
27760 matches character CHAR literally.
27762 `not-newline', `nonl'
27763 matches any character except a newline.
27765 `anything'
27766 matches any character
27768 `(any SET ...)'
27769 `(in SET ...)'
27770 `(char SET ...)'
27771 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
27772 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
27773 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
27775 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
27776 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
27777 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
27778 `word', or one of their synonyms.
27780 `(not (any SET ...))'
27781 matches any character not in SET ...
27783 `line-start', `bol'
27784 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
27785 in the text being matched
27787 `line-end', `eol'
27788 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
27790 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
27791 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27792 string being matched against.
27794 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
27795 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27796 string being matched against.
27798 `buffer-start'
27799 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27800 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
27802 `buffer-end'
27803 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27804 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
27806 `point'
27807 matches the empty string, but only at point.
27809 `word-start', `bow'
27810 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
27812 `word-end', `eow'
27813 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
27815 `word-boundary'
27816 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
27817 word.
27819 `(not word-boundary)'
27820 `not-word-boundary'
27821 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
27822 word.
27824 `symbol-start'
27825 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
27827 `symbol-end'
27828 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
27830 `digit', `numeric', `num'
27831 matches 0 through 9.
27833 `control', `cntrl'
27834 matches ASCII control characters.
27836 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
27837 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
27839 `blank'
27840 matches space and tab only.
27842 `graphic', `graph'
27843 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
27844 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
27845 unassigned by Unicode.
27847 `printing', `print'
27848 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
27850 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
27851 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
27852 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27854 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
27855 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
27856 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27858 `ascii'
27859 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
27861 `nonascii'
27862 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
27864 `lower', `lower-case'
27865 matches anything lower-case.
27867 `upper', `upper-case'
27868 matches anything upper-case.
27870 `punctuation', `punct'
27871 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
27872 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
27874 `space', `whitespace', `white'
27875 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
27877 `word', `wordchar'
27878 matches anything that has word syntax.
27880 `not-wordchar'
27881 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
27883 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
27884 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
27885 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
27904 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
27905 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
27907 `(category CATEGORY)'
27908 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
27909 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
27951 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
27952 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
27954 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27955 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27956 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27957 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27958 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
27960 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27961 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27962 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
27963 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
27965 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27966 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27967 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
27968 group number N.
27970 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27971 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27972 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
27973 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
27974 regular expression.
27976 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
27977 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
27979 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
27980 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
27982 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
27983 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
27985 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
27986 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
27988 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
27989 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
27990 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
27992 `(* SEXP ...)'
27993 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
27994 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
27996 `(*? SEXP ...)'
27997 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
27998 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28000 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
28001 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
28002 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
28004 `(+ SEXP ...)'
28005 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28007 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28008 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28010 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28011 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28012 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28013 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28015 `(? SEXP ...)'
28016 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28018 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28019 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28021 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28022 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28023 matches N occurrences.
28025 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28026 matches N or more occurrences.
28028 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28029 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28030 matches N to M occurrences.
28032 `(backref N)'
28033 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28035 `(eval FORM)'
28036 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28037 `regexp-quote' it.
28039 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28040 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28042 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28044 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28046 ;;;***
28047 \f
28048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28053 ;;;***
28054 \f
28055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28056 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-")))
28060 ;;;***
28061 \f
28062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28063 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28067 ;;;***
28068 \f
28069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28070 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28071 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28073 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-")))
28075 ;;;***
28076 \f
28077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28078 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28079 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-")))
28083 ;;;***
28084 \f
28085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28086 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28087 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
28089 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
28090 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
28091 See the `savehist-mode' command
28092 for a description of this minor mode.
28093 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28094 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28095 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
28097 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
28099 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
28100 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
28101 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
28102 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28103 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28105 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
28106 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
28107 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
28108 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
28110 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
28111 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
28112 histories, which is probably undesirable.
28114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
28118 ;;;***
28119 \f
28120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28121 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
28123 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
28124 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
28125 See the `save-place-mode' command
28126 for a description of this minor mode.
28127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28128 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28129 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
28131 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
28133 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
28134 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
28135 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
28136 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
28138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28140 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
28141 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
28142 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
28143 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
28144 even in a later Emacs session.
28146 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
28147 the argument is positive.
28149 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
28150 file:
28152 \(save-place-mode 1)
28154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28156 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("save-place" "load-save-place-alist-from-file")))
28158 ;;;***
28159 \f
28160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
28161 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
28163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("speedbar-" "defimage-speedbar")))
28165 ;;;***
28166 \f
28167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
28168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
28170 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
28171 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
28172 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28174 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
28175 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
28176 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
28177 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
28179 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
28181 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
28183 Commands:
28184 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28185 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28188 \(fn)" t nil)
28190 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
28191 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
28192 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28194 Commands:
28195 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28196 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28198 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
28199 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
28200 that variable's value is a string.
28202 \(fn)" t nil)
28204 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("scheme-" "dsssl-")))
28206 ;;;***
28207 \f
28208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
28211 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
28212 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
28213 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
28217 \(fn)" t nil)
28219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-")))
28221 ;;;***
28222 \f
28223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
28224 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
28226 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
28227 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
28228 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
28229 for a description of this minor mode.
28230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28231 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28232 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
28234 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
28236 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
28237 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
28238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
28239 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28240 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28242 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
28243 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
28245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28247 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
28249 ;;;***
28250 \f
28251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28252 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
28254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("set-scroll-bar-mode" "scroll-bar-" "toggle-" "horizontal-scroll-bar" "get-scroll-bar-mode" "previous-scroll-bar-mode")))
28256 ;;;***
28257 \f
28258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
28259 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
28261 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
28262 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
28263 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28264 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28265 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
28266 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
28267 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
28268 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
28270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28272 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
28274 ;;;***
28275 \f
28276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
28277 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
28278 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
28279 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
28281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
28283 ;;;***
28284 \f
28285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
28286 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
28287 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28289 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
28290 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
28291 The possible elements of this list include the following:
28293 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
28294 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
28295 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
28296 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
28297 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
28298 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
28299 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
28300 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
28301 keybinding for tag names.
28302 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
28303 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
28304 of the symbol under point.
28305 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
28306 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
28307 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
28308 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
28309 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
28310 syntax tokens.
28311 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
28313 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
28315 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
28316 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
28317 See the `semantic-mode' command
28318 for a description of this minor mode.
28319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28320 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28321 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
28323 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
28325 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
28326 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
28327 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
28328 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28329 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28331 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
28332 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
28333 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
28334 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
28335 Semantic mode.
28339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("semantic-" "bovinate")))
28343 ;;;***
28344 \f
28345 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
28346 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (0 0 0 0))
28347 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
28349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-a")))
28351 ;;;***
28352 \f
28353 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
28354 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
28355 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
28357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28359 ;;;***
28360 \f
28361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
28362 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28363 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
28365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyze")))
28367 ;;;***
28368 \f
28369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
28370 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28371 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
28373 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28375 ;;;***
28376 \f
28377 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
28378 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (0 0 0 0))
28379 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
28381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic-")))
28383 ;;;***
28384 \f
28385 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
28386 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (0 0 0 0))
28387 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
28389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-")))
28391 ;;;***
28392 \f
28393 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
28394 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (0 0 0 0))
28395 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
28397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("semantic" "c++-mode" "c-mode")))
28399 ;;;***
28400 \f
28401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
28402 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28403 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
28405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-")))
28407 ;;;***
28408 \f
28409 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
28410 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (0 0 0 0))
28411 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
28413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("lisp-mode" "emacs-lisp-mode" "semantic-")))
28415 ;;;***
28416 \f
28417 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
28418 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28419 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
28421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-")))
28423 ;;;***
28424 \f
28425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
28426 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28427 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
28429 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
28430 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
28432 \(fn)" t nil)
28434 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-")))
28436 ;;;***
28437 \f
28438 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
28439 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (0 0 0 0))
28440 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
28442 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("semantic-" "makefile-mode")))
28444 ;;;***
28445 \f
28446 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
28447 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28448 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
28450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-")))
28452 ;;;***
28453 \f
28454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
28455 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28456 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
28458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-")))
28460 ;;;***
28461 \f
28462 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
28463 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
28464 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
28466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-")))
28468 ;;;***
28469 \f
28470 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
28471 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (0 0 0 0))
28472 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
28474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
28476 ;;;***
28477 \f
28478 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
28479 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (0 0 0 0))
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
28482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
28484 ;;;***
28485 \f
28486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
28487 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28488 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
28490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-")))
28492 ;;;***
28493 \f
28494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
28495 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28496 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
28498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("semanticdb-" "c++-mode")))
28500 ;;;***
28501 \f
28502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
28503 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28504 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
28506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("semanticdb-" "emacs-lisp-mode")))
28508 ;;;***
28509 \f
28510 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
28511 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
28512 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
28514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
28516 ;;;***
28517 \f
28518 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
28519 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (0 0 0 0))
28520 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
28522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
28524 ;;;***
28525 \f
28526 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
28527 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
28528 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
28530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-")))
28532 ;;;***
28533 \f
28534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
28535 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28536 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
28538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("semanticdb-" "javascript-mode")))
28540 ;;;***
28541 \f
28542 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
28543 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28544 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
28546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
28548 ;;;***
28549 \f
28550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
28551 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28552 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
28554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-")))
28556 ;;;***
28557 \f
28558 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
28559 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
28560 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
28562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-")))
28564 ;;;***
28565 \f
28566 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
28567 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
28568 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
28570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
28572 ;;;***
28573 \f
28574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
28575 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28576 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
28578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-")))
28580 ;;;***
28581 \f
28582 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
28583 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (0 0 0 0))
28584 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
28586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
28588 ;;;***
28589 \f
28590 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
28591 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28592 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
28594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("semantic-" "define-semantic-decoration-style")))
28596 ;;;***
28597 \f
28598 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
28599 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
28600 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
28602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("semantic-" "defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path")))
28604 ;;;***
28605 \f
28606 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
28607 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28608 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
28610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-doc")))
28612 ;;;***
28613 \f
28614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
28615 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28616 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
28618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-")))
28620 ;;;***
28621 \f
28622 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
28623 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
28624 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
28626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
28628 ;;;***
28629 \f
28630 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
28631 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (0 0 0 0))
28632 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
28634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-")))
28636 ;;;***
28637 \f
28638 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
28639 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (0 0 0 0))
28640 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
28642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-")))
28644 ;;;***
28645 \f
28646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
28647 ;;;;;; 0))
28648 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
28650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic")))
28652 ;;;***
28653 \f
28654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
28655 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28656 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
28658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic-")))
28660 ;;;***
28661 \f
28662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
28663 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28664 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
28666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
28668 ;;;***
28669 \f
28670 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
28671 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (0 0 0 0))
28672 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
28674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("html-helper-mode" "semantic-")))
28676 ;;;***
28677 \f
28678 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
28679 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (0 0 0 0))
28680 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
28682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-")))
28684 ;;;***
28685 \f
28686 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
28687 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (0 0 0 0))
28688 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
28690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-s")))
28692 ;;;***
28693 \f
28694 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
28695 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (0 0 0 0))
28696 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
28698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "define-semantic-idle-service")))
28700 ;;;***
28701 \f
28702 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
28703 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
28704 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
28706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-")))
28708 ;;;***
28709 \f
28710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
28711 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28712 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
28714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-")))
28716 ;;;***
28717 \f
28718 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
28719 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (0 0 0 0))
28720 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
28722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("semantic-" "define-lex")))
28724 ;;;***
28725 \f
28726 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
28727 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (0 0 0 0))
28728 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
28730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("semantic-lex-" "define-lex-spp-")))
28732 ;;;***
28733 \f
28734 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
28735 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
28736 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
28738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode")))
28740 ;;;***
28741 \f
28742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
28743 ;;;;;; 0))
28744 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
28746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
28748 ;;;***
28749 \f
28750 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
28751 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (0 0 0 0))
28752 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
28754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-")))
28756 ;;;***
28757 \f
28758 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
28759 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (0 0 0 0))
28760 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
28762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("semantic-up-reference" "senator-")))
28764 ;;;***
28765 \f
28766 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
28767 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
28768 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
28770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
28772 ;;;***
28773 \f
28774 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
28775 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (0 0 0 0))
28776 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
28778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
28780 ;;;***
28781 \f
28782 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
28783 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (0 0 0 0))
28784 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
28786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
28788 ;;;***
28789 \f
28790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
28791 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28792 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
28794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-")))
28796 ;;;***
28797 \f
28798 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
28799 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (0 0 0 0))
28800 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
28802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
28804 ;;;***
28805 \f
28806 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
28807 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
28808 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
28810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-")))
28812 ;;;***
28813 \f
28814 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
28815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (0 0 0 0))
28816 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
28818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
28820 ;;;***
28821 \f
28822 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
28823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (0 0 0 0))
28824 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
28826 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
28828 ;;;***
28829 \f
28830 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
28831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (0 0 0 0))
28832 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
28834 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic-")))
28836 ;;;***
28837 \f
28838 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
28839 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
28842 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
28844 ;;;***
28845 \f
28846 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
28847 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (0 0 0 0))
28848 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
28850 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-")))
28852 ;;;***
28853 \f
28854 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
28855 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (0 0 0 0))
28856 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
28858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-")))
28860 ;;;***
28861 \f
28862 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
28863 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
28864 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
28866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
28868 ;;;***
28869 \f
28870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
28871 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28872 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
28874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
28876 ;;;***
28877 \f
28878 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
28879 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (0 0 0 0))
28880 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
28882 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
28884 ;;;***
28885 \f
28886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
28887 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28888 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
28890 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("wisent-" "define-wisent-lexer")))
28892 ;;;***
28893 \f
28894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
28895 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28896 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
28898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
28900 ;;;***
28901 \f
28902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
28903 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28904 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
28906 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
28907 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
28909 \(fn)" t nil)
28911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-")))
28913 ;;;***
28914 \f
28915 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
28916 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (0 0 0 0))
28917 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
28919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-" "wisent-java-parse-error")))
28921 ;;;***
28922 \f
28923 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
28924 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (0 0 0 0))
28925 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
28927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("js-mode" "semantic-" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
28929 ;;;***
28930 \f
28931 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
28932 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
28933 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
28935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("wisent-python-" "semantic-" "python-")))
28937 ;;;***
28938 \f
28939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
28940 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28941 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
28943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("wisent-" "$region" "$nterm" "$action")))
28945 ;;;***
28946 \f
28947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
28948 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
28950 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
28953 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
28954 king@grassland.com
28955 If `parens', they look like:
28956 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
28957 If `angles', they look like:
28958 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
28960 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
28961 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
28963 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
28965 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
28966 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
28967 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
28968 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
28970 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
28971 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
28972 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
28973 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
28975 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
28977 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
28978 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
28979 This is done when the message is initialized,
28980 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
28982 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
28984 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
28985 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
28986 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
28988 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
28990 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
28991 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
28992 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
28993 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
28994 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
28995 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
28996 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
28998 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
29000 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
29001 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
29003 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
29005 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29006 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29007 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29008 be a Babyl file.")
29010 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29012 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29013 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
29014 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29015 when you first send mail.")
29017 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29019 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29020 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29021 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29022 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29023 This file need not actually exist.")
29025 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29027 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29028 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29030 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29032 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29033 Alist of mail address aliases,
29034 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29035 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29036 can specify a different file name.)
29037 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29038 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29040 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29041 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29042 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29044 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29046 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29047 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29048 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29050 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29052 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29053 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29054 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29055 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29056 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29057 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29058 in the cited portion of the message.
29060 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29061 instead of no action.")
29063 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29065 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29066 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29067 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29068 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29069 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29071 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
29073 (defvar mail-signature t "\
29074 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
29075 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
29076 If a string, that string is inserted.
29078 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
29079 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
29080 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
29082 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
29084 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
29085 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
29087 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
29089 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
29090 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
29091 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
29093 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
29094 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
29096 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
29098 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
29099 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
29100 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
29101 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
29103 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
29105 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
29106 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
29107 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
29109 \(fn)" nil nil)
29111 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
29113 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
29116 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29118 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
29119 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
29120 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
29125 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
29137 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
29138 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
29140 \(fn)" t nil)
29142 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
29143 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
29145 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
29147 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
29149 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
29150 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29151 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
29152 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
29153 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
29154 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29156 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
29157 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29158 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
29160 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
29161 User should not set this variable manually,
29162 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
29163 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
29164 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29166 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
29167 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
29168 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
29169 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
29171 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
29172 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
29177 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
29178 to move to message header fields:
29181 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
29182 when the message is initialized.
29184 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
29185 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
29187 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
29188 is inserted.
29190 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
29191 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
29193 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
29194 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
29195 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
29196 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
29197 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
29198 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
29199 buffer without erasing the contents.
29201 The second through fifth arguments,
29202 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
29203 the initial contents of those header fields.
29204 These arguments should not have final newlines.
29205 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
29206 original message being replied to, or else an action
29207 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
29208 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
29209 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
29210 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
29211 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
29212 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
29214 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
29216 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
29217 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
29219 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29221 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
29222 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
29224 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
29228 ;;;***
29229 \f
29230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
29231 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
29232 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 18)) package--builtin-versions)
29234 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-")))
29236 ;;;***
29237 \f
29238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
29239 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
29241 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
29243 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
29245 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
29247 (defvar server-name "server" "\
29248 The name of the Emacs server, if this Emacs process creates one.
29249 The command `server-start' makes use of this. It should not be
29250 changed while a server is running.")
29252 (custom-autoload 'server-name "server" t)
29254 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
29255 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
29256 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
29258 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
29261 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
29262 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
29264 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
29265 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
29266 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
29271 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
29273 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
29274 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
29275 If server is running, it is first stopped.
29276 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
29278 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29280 (defvar server-mode nil "\
29281 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
29282 See the `server-mode' command
29283 for a description of this minor mode.
29284 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29285 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29286 or call the function `server-mode'.")
29288 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
29290 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
29291 Toggle Server mode.
29292 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
29293 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29294 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29296 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
29297 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
29298 `server-start' for details.
29300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29302 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
29303 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
29304 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
29306 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
29307 only these files will be asked to be saved.
29309 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
29311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-")))
29313 ;;;***
29314 \f
29315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
29316 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
29318 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
29319 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
29321 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
29322 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
29323 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
29324 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
29325 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
29327 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
29328 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
29329 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
29330 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
29331 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
29332 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
29334 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
29335 displayed.
29337 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
29338 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
29339 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
29342 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
29344 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
29345 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
29348 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
29349 part):
29351 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
29352 formula:
29355 \(fn)" t nil)
29357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("ses" "noreturn" "1value")))
29359 ;;;***
29360 \f
29361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
29362 ;;;;;; 0))
29363 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
29365 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29366 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
29367 Makes > match <.
29369 `sgml-quick-keys'.
29371 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
29372 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
29373 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
29376 in your init file.
29384 \(fn)" t nil)
29386 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29387 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
29388 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
29389 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
29391 which this is based.
29393 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
29395 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
29396 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
29397 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
29398 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
29400 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
29401 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
29402 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
29404 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
29405 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
29406 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
29407 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
29412 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
29416 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
29417 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
29418 To work around that, do:
29423 \(fn)" t nil)
29425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("html-" "sgml-")))
29427 ;;;***
29428 \f
29429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
29430 ;;;;;; 0))
29431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
29432 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
29433 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29435 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
29436 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
29437 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
29438 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
29439 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
29440 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
29442 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
29443 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
29444 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
29445 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
29446 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
29448 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
29449 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
29450 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
29463 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
29467 would indent to the way it currently is.
29469 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
29478 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
29479 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
29480 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
29482 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
29483 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
29484 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
29487 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
29489 \(fn)" t nil)
29491 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
29493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-")))
29495 ;;;***
29496 \f
29497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
29498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
29500 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
29501 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
29503 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
29504 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
29505 else prints messages listing any shadows.
29507 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
29508 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
29509 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
29511 the earlier.
29513 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
29517 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
29518 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
29521 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
29522 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
29524 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
29525 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
29526 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
29527 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
29528 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
29529 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
29530 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
29531 Emacs version).
29533 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
29534 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
29535 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
29536 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
29537 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
29539 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
29540 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
29542 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
29544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
29546 ;;;***
29547 \f
29548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
29549 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
29551 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
29552 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
29553 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
29554 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
29555 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
29556 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
29557 sites in the cluster.
29559 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
29561 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
29562 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
29563 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
29564 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
29565 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
29567 \(fn)" t nil)
29569 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
29570 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
29571 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
29572 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
29573 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
29574 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
29575 `shadow-define-cluster').
29577 \(fn)" t nil)
29579 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
29580 Set up file shadowing.
29582 \(fn)" t nil)
29584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow")))
29586 ;;;***
29587 \f
29588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
29589 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
29592 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
29593 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
29594 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
29595 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
29596 arguments.")
29598 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
29600 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
29601 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
29602 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
29603 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
29604 to change if called with a prefix arg.
29606 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
29607 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
29608 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
29609 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
29610 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
29611 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
29612 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
29613 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
29614 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
29615 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
29616 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
29618 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
29621 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
29622 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
29623 `default-process-coding-system'.
29625 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
29626 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
29627 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
29628 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
29632 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("shell-" "dirs" "explicit-")))
29636 ;;;***
29637 \f
29638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
29639 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
29641 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
29642 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
29644 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29646 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
29647 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
29648 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
29649 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
29651 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
29653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-")))
29655 ;;;***
29656 \f
29657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
29658 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
29660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
29662 ;;;***
29663 \f
29664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
29665 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
29667 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
29670 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
29672 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
29675 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29677 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
29680 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29682 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
29685 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
29689 ;;;***
29690 \f
29691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
29692 ;;;;;; 0))
29693 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
29695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-")))
29697 ;;;***
29698 \f
29699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29700 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
29702 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
29703 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
29704 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
29705 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
29706 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
29708 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
29710 \(fn)" t nil)
29712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
29714 ;;;***
29715 \f
29716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
29717 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
29719 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
29720 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
29722 Variables controlling indentation style:
29723 `simula-tab-always-indent'
29724 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
29725 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29726 `simula-indent-level'
29727 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
29728 `simula-substatement-offset'
29729 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
29730 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
29731 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
29732 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
29733 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
29734 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
29735 `simula-label-offset' -4711
29736 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
29737 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
29738 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
29739 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
29740 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
29741 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
29742 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
29743 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
29744 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
29745 `simula-electric-indent' nil
29746 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
29747 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
29748 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
29749 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
29750 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
29751 or nil if they should not be changed.
29752 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
29753 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
29754 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
29755 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
29757 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
29758 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
29760 \(fn)" t nil)
29762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
29764 ;;;***
29765 \f
29766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
29767 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
29769 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
29770 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
29772 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
29773 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
29774 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
29775 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
29777 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
29779 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
29781 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
29782 Insert SKELETON.
29783 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
29784 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
29785 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
29786 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
29789 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
29790 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
29792 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
29794 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
29795 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
29797 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
29798 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
29799 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
29800 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
29802 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
29803 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
29804 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
29805 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
29807 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
29808 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
29809 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
29811 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
29812 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
29814 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
29815 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
29818 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
29819 is at bol/eol
29820 _ interesting point, interregion here
29821 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
29822 interesting point set by _
29823 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
29824 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
29825 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
29826 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
29827 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
29828 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
29829 nil skipped
29831 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
29832 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
29835 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
29837 as the first element when at bol.
29839 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
29840 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
29841 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
29843 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
29845 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
29846 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
29848 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
29849 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
29850 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
29851 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
29852 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
29853 available:
29855 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
29856 then: insert previously read string once more
29857 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
29858 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
29859 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
29861 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
29862 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
29864 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
29866 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
29867 Insert the character you type ARG times.
29869 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
29870 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
29871 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
29872 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
29873 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
29874 such as backslash.
29876 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
29877 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
29878 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
29879 twice for the others.
29881 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29883 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
29885 ;;;***
29886 \f
29887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29888 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
29890 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
29891 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
29892 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
29893 buffer names.
29895 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
29897 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
29898 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
29899 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29900 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29901 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29906 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
29907 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
29908 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
29910 \(fn)" t nil)
29912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-")))
29914 ;;;***
29915 \f
29916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
29917 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
29919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-")))
29921 ;;;***
29922 \f
29923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
29924 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
29926 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
29927 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
29928 A list of images is returned.
29930 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29932 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
29933 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
29934 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
29936 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("smiley-" "gnus-smiley-file-types")))
29940 ;;;***
29941 \f
29942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
29943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
29945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime")))
29947 ;;;***
29948 \f
29949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
29952 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
29955 \(fn)" nil nil)
29957 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
29958 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
29960 \(fn)" t nil)
29962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
29964 ;;;***
29965 \f
29966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
29967 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
29969 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
29970 Play the Snake game.
29971 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
29973 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
29975 Snake mode keybindings:
29985 \(fn)" t nil)
29987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
29989 ;;;***
29990 \f
29991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29992 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
29994 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
29995 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
29996 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
29997 Tab indents for C code.
29998 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
29999 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30001 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
30002 `snmp-mode-hook'.
30004 \(fn)" t nil)
30006 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30007 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30008 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30009 Tab indents for C code.
30010 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30011 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30013 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30014 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30016 \(fn)" t nil)
30018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp")))
30020 ;;;***
30021 \f
30022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30024 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30028 ;;;***
30029 \f
30030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30031 ;;;;;; 0))
30032 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-")))
30036 ;;;***
30037 \f
30038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30039 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30043 ;;;***
30044 \f
30045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30046 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30048 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30049 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30050 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30051 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30052 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
30054 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
30056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("solar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset" "calendar-")))
30060 ;;;***
30061 \f
30062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
30063 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
30065 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
30066 Play Solitaire.
30070 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
30074 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
30075 check after each move or undo.)
30077 What is Solitaire?
30079 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
30080 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
30081 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
30083 Le Solitaire
30084 ============
30086 o o o
30088 o o o
30090 o o o o o o o
30092 o o o . o o o
30094 o o o o o o o
30096 o o o
30098 o o o
30100 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
30101 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
30102 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
30103 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
30105 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
30106 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
30107 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
30108 this: o o .
30110 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
30111 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
30113 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
30115 o o o
30117 . o o
30119 o o . o o o o
30121 o . o o o o o
30123 o o o o o o o
30125 o o o
30127 o o o
30129 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
30133 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
30137 ;;;***
30138 \f
30139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
30140 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
30141 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30143 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
30144 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
30146 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
30147 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
30148 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
30149 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
30150 contiguous.
30152 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
30153 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
30154 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30155 the sort order.
30157 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
30158 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
30160 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
30161 It moves point to the start of the next record.
30162 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
30163 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
30164 is called.
30166 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
30167 It should move point to the end of the record.
30169 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
30170 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
30171 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
30172 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
30173 starts at the beginning of the record.
30175 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
30176 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
30177 same as ENDRECFUN.
30179 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
30180 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
30181 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
30182 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
30183 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
30184 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
30185 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
30187 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
30189 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
30190 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30191 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30192 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30193 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30194 the sort order.
30196 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30198 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
30199 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30200 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30201 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30202 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30203 the sort order.
30205 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30207 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
30208 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30209 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30210 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30211 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30212 the sort order.
30214 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30215 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
30217 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
30218 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
30219 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30220 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
30222 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
30223 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30224 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30225 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30227 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30229 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
30230 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
30231 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30232 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30233 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30234 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30235 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30236 the sort order.
30238 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30240 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
30241 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
30242 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
30243 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
30245 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
30248 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
30249 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
30251 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
30253 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
30254 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
30255 found within a record, that record is ignored.
30257 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
30259 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30260 the sort order.
30262 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
30266 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
30268 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
30269 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
30270 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
30271 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
30272 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
30273 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
30274 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30275 the sort order.
30277 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
30278 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
30279 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
30280 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
30283 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
30285 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
30286 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
30287 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
30289 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
30291 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
30292 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
30293 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
30294 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
30295 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
30296 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
30297 each repeated line.
30299 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
30300 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
30301 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
30302 on large regions that have already been sorted.
30304 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
30305 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
30307 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
30308 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
30310 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
30312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
30314 ;;;***
30315 \f
30316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
30317 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
30319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex")))
30321 ;;;***
30322 \f
30323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
30324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
30326 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
30327 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
30328 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
30329 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
30330 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
30331 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
30333 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
30335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
30337 ;;;***
30338 \f
30339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
30340 ;;;;;; 0))
30341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
30343 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
30344 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
30346 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
30347 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
30348 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
30350 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
30352 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
30353 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
30354 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
30355 server.
30357 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30359 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
30360 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
30361 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
30363 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30365 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
30366 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
30368 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
30369 Agent is plugged.
30371 \(fn)" t nil)
30373 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
30374 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
30375 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
30378 \(fn)" t nil)
30380 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
30382 ;;;***
30383 \f
30384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
30385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
30387 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size")))
30389 ;;;***
30390 \f
30391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
30392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
30394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-")))
30396 ;;;***
30397 \f
30398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30399 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
30401 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
30403 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
30404 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
30405 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
30406 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
30407 supported at a time.
30408 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
30409 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
30411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30413 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
30414 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
30415 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
30416 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
30418 \(fn)" t nil)
30420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
30422 ;;;***
30423 \f
30424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
30425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
30427 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
30428 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
30430 \(fn)" t nil)
30432 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
30433 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
30435 \(fn)" nil nil)
30437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrase")))
30439 ;;;***
30440 \f
30441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
30442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
30443 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
30445 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
30446 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
30448 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
30449 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
30450 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
30451 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
30452 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
30453 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
30454 of the current highlighting list.
30456 For example:
30461 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
30462 `_t' as data types.
30464 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
30466 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
30467 Major mode to edit SQL.
30469 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
30471 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
30474 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
30476 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
30477 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
30480 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
30483 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
30484 `sql-interactive-mode'.
30486 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
30487 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
30488 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
30491 (lambda ()
30494 \(fn)" t nil)
30496 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
30497 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
30499 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
30500 their settings.
30502 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
30503 is specified in the connection settings.
30505 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30507 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
30508 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
30510 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30511 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
30513 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
30520 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30522 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
30523 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
30525 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30526 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30527 `*SQL*'.
30529 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
30530 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30531 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
30532 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
30534 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30535 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30540 buffer.
30542 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30545 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30546 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30547 `default-process-coding-system'.
30551 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30553 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
30554 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
30556 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30557 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30558 `*SQL*'.
30560 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
30561 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
30562 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30563 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
30565 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30566 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30571 buffer.
30573 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30576 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30577 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30578 `default-process-coding-system'.
30582 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30584 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
30585 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
30587 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30588 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30589 `*SQL*'.
30591 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
30592 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30594 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30595 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30600 buffer.
30602 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30605 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30606 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30607 `default-process-coding-system'.
30611 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30613 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
30614 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
30616 SQLite is free software.
30618 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30619 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30620 `*SQL*'.
30622 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
30623 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30624 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30625 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
30627 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30628 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30633 buffer.
30635 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30638 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30639 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30640 `default-process-coding-system'.
30644 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30646 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
30647 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
30649 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
30651 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30652 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30653 `*SQL*'.
30655 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
30656 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30657 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30658 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
30660 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30661 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30666 buffer.
30668 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30671 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30672 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30673 `default-process-coding-system'.
30677 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30679 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
30680 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
30682 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30683 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30684 `*SQL*'.
30686 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
30687 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
30688 defaults, if set.
30690 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30691 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30696 buffer.
30698 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30701 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30702 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30703 `default-process-coding-system'.
30707 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30709 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
30710 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
30712 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30713 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30714 `*SQL*'.
30716 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
30717 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30719 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30720 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30725 buffer.
30727 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30730 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30731 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30732 `default-process-coding-system'.
30736 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30738 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
30739 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
30741 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30742 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30743 `*SQL*'.
30745 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
30746 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
30747 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
30748 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
30750 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30751 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30756 buffer.
30758 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30761 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30762 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30763 `default-process-coding-system'.
30767 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30769 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
30770 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
30772 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30773 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30774 `*SQL*'.
30776 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
30777 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
30778 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
30779 `sql-postgres-options'.
30781 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30782 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30787 buffer.
30789 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30792 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30793 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30794 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
30795 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
30796 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
30798 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
30803 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30805 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
30806 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
30808 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30809 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30810 `*SQL*'.
30812 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
30813 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30814 defaults, if set.
30816 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30817 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30822 buffer.
30824 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30827 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30828 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30829 `default-process-coding-system'.
30833 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30835 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
30836 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
30838 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30839 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30840 `*SQL*'.
30842 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
30843 automatic login.
30845 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30846 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30849 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
30850 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
30851 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
30856 buffer.
30858 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30861 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30862 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30863 `default-process-coding-system'.
30867 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30869 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
30870 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
30872 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30873 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30874 `*SQL*'.
30876 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
30877 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
30878 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30879 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
30880 parameters.
30882 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
30883 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
30884 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
30885 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
30886 an empty password.
30888 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30889 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30894 buffer.
30898 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30900 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
30901 Run vsql as an inferior process.
30903 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-")))
30907 ;;;***
30908 \f
30909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30910 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
30911 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
30913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
30915 ;;;***
30916 \f
30917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
30918 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
30921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-")))
30923 ;;;***
30924 \f
30925 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
30926 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
30927 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
30929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-")))
30931 ;;;***
30932 \f
30933 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
30934 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
30935 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
30937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-")))
30939 ;;;***
30940 \f
30941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
30942 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30943 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
30945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-")))
30947 ;;;***
30948 \f
30949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
30950 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30951 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
30953 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-")))
30955 ;;;***
30956 \f
30957 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
30958 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (0 0 0 0))
30959 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
30961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
30963 ;;;***
30964 \f
30965 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
30966 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30967 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
30969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
30971 ;;;***
30972 \f
30973 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
30974 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (0 0 0 0))
30975 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
30977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-")))
30979 ;;;***
30980 \f
30981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
30982 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30983 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
30985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract")))
30987 ;;;***
30988 \f
30989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
30990 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30991 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
30993 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
30995 ;;;***
30996 \f
30997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
30998 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30999 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
31001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
31003 ;;;***
31004 \f
31005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31006 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31007 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31011 ;;;***
31012 \f
31013 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31014 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (0 0 0 0))
31015 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-")))
31019 ;;;***
31020 \f
31021 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
31022 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (0 0 0 0))
31023 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
31025 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-")))
31027 ;;;***
31028 \f
31029 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
31030 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
31031 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
31033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-")))
31035 ;;;***
31036 \f
31037 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
31038 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31039 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
31041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
31043 ;;;***
31044 \f
31045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31046 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31047 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
31049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
31051 ;;;***
31052 \f
31053 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
31054 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (0 0 0 0))
31055 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
31057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-")))
31059 ;;;***
31060 \f
31061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
31062 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31063 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
31065 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
31066 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
31068 \(fn)" t nil)
31070 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
31072 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("semantic-" "srecode-")))
31074 ;;;***
31075 \f
31076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
31077 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
31078 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
31080 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("srecode-" "object-sort-list")))
31082 ;;;***
31083 \f
31084 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
31085 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (0 0 0 0))
31086 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
31088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
31090 ;;;***
31091 \f
31092 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
31093 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
31094 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
31096 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "srecode-texi-")))
31098 ;;;***
31099 \f
31100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (0 0 0 0))
31101 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
31103 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
31104 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
31105 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
31106 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
31107 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
31108 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
31109 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
31110 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
31111 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
31112 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
31113 with any buffer
31114 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
31115 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
31116 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
31117 GnuTLS requires a port number.
31119 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
31121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "starttls" '("starttls-")))
31123 ;;;***
31124 \f
31125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
31126 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
31128 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
31129 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
31130 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
31131 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
31132 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
31133 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
31135 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
31137 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
31139 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
31140 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31141 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31142 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
31143 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
31144 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
31145 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31147 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31149 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31150 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31151 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31152 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
31153 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
31154 then complete the stroke with button 3.
31155 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31157 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31159 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
31160 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31161 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31163 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31165 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31166 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31167 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31169 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31171 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
31172 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
31174 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
31176 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
31177 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
31179 \(fn)" t nil)
31181 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
31182 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
31184 \(fn)" t nil)
31186 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
31187 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
31189 by command name.
31190 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
31192 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
31194 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
31195 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
31196 See the `strokes-mode' command
31197 for a description of this minor mode.
31198 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31199 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31200 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
31202 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
31204 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
31205 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
31206 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
31207 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31208 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31211 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
31216 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
31223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31225 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
31226 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
31227 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
31228 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
31230 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
31232 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31233 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
31235 \(fn)" t nil)
31237 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
31239 ;;;***
31240 \f
31241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
31242 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
31244 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
31245 Studlify-case the region.
31247 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
31249 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
31250 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
31252 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
31254 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
31255 Studlify-case the current buffer.
31257 \(fn)" t nil)
31259 ;;;***
31260 \f
31261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
31262 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
31264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("read-multiple-choice" "string-" "hash-table-" "when-let" "internal--" "if-let" "thread-")))
31266 ;;;***
31267 \f
31268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
31269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
31271 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
31273 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
31274 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
31275 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
31276 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31277 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31279 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31280 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
31281 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
31284 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
31285 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
31286 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
31288 Nomenclature Subwords
31289 ===========================================================
31294 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
31295 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
31299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31301 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
31302 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
31303 See the `global-subword-mode' command
31304 for a description of this minor mode.
31305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31306 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31307 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
31309 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
31311 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
31312 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
31313 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
31314 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31315 ARG is omitted or nil.
31317 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31318 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
31319 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
31321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31323 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
31324 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
31325 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
31326 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31327 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31329 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31330 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
31331 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
31336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31338 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
31339 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
31340 See the `global-superword-mode' command
31341 for a description of this minor mode.
31342 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31343 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31344 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
31346 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
31348 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
31349 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
31350 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
31351 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31352 ARG is omitted or nil.
31354 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31355 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
31356 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
31358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("superword-mode-map" "subword-")))
31362 ;;;***
31363 \f
31364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
31365 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
31367 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
31368 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
31369 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
31370 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
31371 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
31372 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
31373 original message but it does require a few things:
31375 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
31377 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
31378 reply buffer.
31380 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
31381 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
31382 original message.
31384 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
31386 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
31388 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
31389 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
31390 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
31392 \(fn)" nil nil)
31394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
31396 ;;;***
31397 \f
31398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
31399 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
31401 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-")))
31403 ;;;***
31404 \f
31405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
31406 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
31408 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
31410 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
31411 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31412 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
31413 for a description of this minor mode.
31414 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31415 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31416 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
31418 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
31420 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
31421 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
31422 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
31423 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31424 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31426 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
31427 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
31428 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
31430 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
31431 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
31432 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
31434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-")))
31438 ;;;***
31439 \f
31440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
31441 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
31443 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
31444 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
31445 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31446 buffer.
31448 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31449 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31450 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31452 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31454 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
31455 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
31456 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
31457 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
31458 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31459 buffer.
31461 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31462 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31463 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31465 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
31469 ;;;***
31470 \f
31471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
31472 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
31474 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
31475 Insert an editable text table.
31476 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
31477 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
31478 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
31479 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
31480 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
31481 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
31482 delimiting them.
31484 Examples:
31488 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
31489 location of point.
31491 -!-
31494 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
31495 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
31496 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
31497 first cell.
31499 +-----+-----+-----+
31500 |-!- | | |
31501 +-----+-----+-----+
31505 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
31506 width, which results as
31508 +--------------+-----+-----+
31509 |-!- | | |
31510 +--------------+-----+-----+
31512 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
31513 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
31515 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31516 | | |-!- |
31517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31519 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
31520 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
31521 width information to `table-insert'.
31523 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
31525 instead of
31527 Cell width(s): 5
31529 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
31530 work all together.
31532 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
31535 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31536 |-!- | | |
31537 | | | |
31538 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31542 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31543 |-!- | | |
31544 | | | |
31545 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31546 | | | |
31547 | | | |
31548 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31550 Move the point under the table as shown below.
31552 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31553 | | | |
31554 | | | |
31555 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31556 | | | |
31557 | | | |
31558 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31559 -!-
31561 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
31562 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
31563 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
31565 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31566 | | | |
31567 | | | |
31568 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31569 | | | |
31570 | | | |
31571 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31572 |-!- | | |
31573 | | | |
31574 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31576 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
31577 results.
31579 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31580 | | | |
31581 | | | |
31582 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31583 | | |Text editing inside the table |
31584 | | |cell produces reasonably |
31585 | | |expected results.-!- |
31586 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31587 | | | |
31588 | | | |
31589 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31591 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
31595 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
31597 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
31598 Insert N table row(s).
31599 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
31600 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
31601 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
31602 are appended at the bottom of the table.
31604 \(fn N)" t nil)
31606 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
31607 Insert N table column(s).
31608 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
31609 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
31610 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
31611 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
31613 \(fn N)" t nil)
31615 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
31616 Insert row(s) or column(s).
31617 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
31619 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
31621 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
31622 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
31623 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
31624 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
31625 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
31626 all the table specific features.
31628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31630 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
31633 \(fn)" t nil)
31635 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
31636 Recognize all tables within region.
31637 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
31638 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
31639 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
31640 specific features.
31642 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31644 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
31647 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
31649 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
31650 Recognize a table at point.
31651 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
31652 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
31653 the table specific features.
31655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31657 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
31660 \(fn)" t nil)
31662 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
31663 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
31664 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
31665 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
31666 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
31667 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
31668 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
31670 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
31672 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
31675 \(fn)" t nil)
31677 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
31678 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
31679 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
31680 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
31681 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
31682 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
31683 specified.
31685 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31687 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
31688 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
31689 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
31690 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
31691 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
31692 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
31693 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
31694 table structure.
31696 \(fn N)" t nil)
31698 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
31699 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
31700 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
31701 table's rectangle structure.
31703 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31705 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
31706 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
31707 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
31708 table's rectangle structure.
31710 \(fn N)" t nil)
31712 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
31713 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
31714 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31715 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
31716 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
31718 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
31720 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
31724 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
31725 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
31726 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
31727 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
31728 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
31729 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
31730 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
31732 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31733 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
31734 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
31735 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
31736 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
31737 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
31738 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31740 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
31741 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
31742 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
31743 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
31744 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
31745 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
31746 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
31747 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31749 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
31751 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
31752 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
31753 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31754 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
31756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31758 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
31759 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
31760 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
31762 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
31764 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
31765 Split current cell vertically.
31766 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
31768 \(fn)" t nil)
31770 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
31771 Split current cell horizontally.
31772 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
31774 \(fn)" t nil)
31776 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
31777 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
31778 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
31780 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
31782 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
31783 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
31784 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
31785 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
31787 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31789 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
31790 Justify cell contents.
31791 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
31792 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
31793 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
31794 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
31796 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
31798 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
31799 Justify cells of a row.
31800 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31801 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31803 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31805 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
31806 Justify cells of a column.
31807 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31808 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31810 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31812 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
31813 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
31814 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
31815 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
31816 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
31817 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
31818 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
31820 run-time.
31822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31824 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
31825 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
31826 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
31827 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
31828 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
31829 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
31830 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
31831 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
31832 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
31833 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
31834 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
31836 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
31838 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
31839 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
31840 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
31841 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
31842 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
31843 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
31844 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
31845 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
31846 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
31847 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
31848 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
31849 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
31850 untouched.
31852 References used for this implementation:
31854 HTML:
31855 URL `http://www.w3.org'
31857 LaTeX:
31858 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
31860 CALS (DocBook DTD):
31861 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
31862 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
31864 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
31866 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
31867 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
31868 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
31869 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
31870 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
31871 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
31872 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
31873 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
31874 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
31875 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
31876 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
31877 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
31878 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
31879 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
31880 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
31881 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
31882 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
31884 Example:
31886 (progn
31887 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
31888 (table-forward-cell 15)
31890 (table-forward-cell 16)
31892 (table-forward-cell 1)
31895 (progn
31896 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
31898 (table-forward-cell 1)
31901 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31903 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
31904 Delete N row(s) of cells.
31905 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
31906 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
31907 consists from cells of same height.
31909 \(fn N)" t nil)
31911 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
31912 Delete N column(s) of cells.
31913 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
31914 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
31915 column must consists from cells of same width.
31917 \(fn N)" t nil)
31919 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
31920 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
31921 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
31922 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
31923 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
31924 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
31925 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
31926 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
31927 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
31928 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
31929 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
31930 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
31931 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
31932 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
31933 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
31936 Example 1:
31938 1, 2, 3, 4
31939 5, 6, 7, 8
31940 , 9, 10
31942 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
31944 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
31945 specified as 5.
31947 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31948 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
31949 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31950 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
31951 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31952 | | 9 | 10 | |
31953 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31955 Note:
31959 of each row is optional.
31962 Example 2:
31964 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
31965 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
31966 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
31967 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
31968 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
31970 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
31971 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
31973 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
31974 expression and raw delimiter regular
31975 expression, it parses the specified text
31976 area and extracts cell items from
31977 non-table text and then forms a table out
31978 of them.
31980 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
31981 creates a single cell table. The text in
31982 the specified region is placed in that
31983 cell.-*-
31985 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
31986 like this.
31988 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
31989 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
31990 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
31991 | |
31992 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
31993 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
31994 | expression, it parses the specified text |
31995 | area and extracts cell items from |
31996 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
31997 | of them. |
31998 | |
31999 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
32000 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
32001 | the specified region is placed in that |
32002 | cell. |
32003 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32005 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32006 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32007 independently.
32009 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32010 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32011 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32012 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32013 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32014 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32015 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32016 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32017 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32018 | |of them. |
32019 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32020 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32021 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32022 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32023 | |cell. |
32024 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32026 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32027 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32028 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32030 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32032 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32033 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
32034 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
32035 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
32036 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
32038 \(fn)" t nil)
32040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("table-" "*table--")))
32042 ;;;***
32043 \f
32044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
32045 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
32047 (push (purecopy '(tabulated-list 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32049 ;;;***
32050 \f
32051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32052 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
32054 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
32055 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
32057 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
32059 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
32060 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
32062 \(fn)" t nil)
32064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
32066 ;;;***
32067 \f
32068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32069 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
32071 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
32072 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
32073 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
32074 Letters no longer insert themselves.
32075 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
32076 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
32077 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
32079 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
32081 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
32082 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
32084 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
32087 \(fn)" t nil)
32089 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-")))
32091 ;;;***
32092 \f
32093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
32094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
32096 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
32097 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
32098 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
32099 Tab indents for Tcl code.
32100 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
32101 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
32103 Variables controlling indentation style:
32104 `tcl-indent-level'
32105 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
32106 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
32107 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
32109 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
32110 documentation for details):
32111 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
32112 Controls action of TAB key.
32113 `tcl-auto-newline'
32114 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
32115 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
32116 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
32117 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
32118 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
32120 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
32121 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
32122 already exist.
32124 \(fn)" t nil)
32126 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
32127 Run inferior Tcl process.
32128 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
32129 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
32131 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
32133 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
32134 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
32135 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
32137 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
32139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("tcl-" "calculate-tcl-indent" "inferior-tcl-" "indent-tcl-exp" "add-log-tcl-defun" "run-tcl" "switch-to-tcl")))
32141 ;;;***
32142 \f
32143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
32144 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
32147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise")))
32149 ;;;***
32150 \f
32151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32152 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32153 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
32155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep")))
32157 ;;;***
32158 \f
32159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
32160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
32162 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
32163 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32164 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
32167 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
32168 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
32169 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
32170 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
32171 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32173 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
32175 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
32176 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32177 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
32178 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32180 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
32182 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("telnet-" "send-process-next-char")))
32184 ;;;***
32185 \f
32186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32187 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
32189 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
32191 ;;;***
32192 \f
32193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
32194 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
32196 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
32197 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
32198 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
32199 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
32200 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
32201 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
32203 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
32205 (autoload 'term "term" "\
32206 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32207 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
32208 commands to use in that buffer.
32212 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
32214 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
32215 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32217 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
32219 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
32220 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
32221 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
32224 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
32225 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
32226 `serial-process-configure' for details.
32227 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
32228 use in that buffer.
32231 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
32233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("serial-" "term-" "ansi-term-color-vector" "explicit-shell-file-name")))
32235 ;;;***
32236 \f
32237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
32238 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
32241 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
32242 Start coverage on function under point.
32244 \(fn)" t nil)
32246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-")))
32248 ;;;***
32249 \f
32250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
32251 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
32252 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32254 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
32255 Play the Tetris game.
32256 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
32257 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
32258 as to form complete rows.
32260 tetris-mode keybindings:
32271 \(fn)" t nil)
32273 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
32275 ;;;***
32276 \f
32277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32278 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
32280 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
32281 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
32283 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
32285 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
32286 Directory in which temporary files are written.
32287 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
32291 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
32293 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
32294 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
32295 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
32296 if it matches the first line of the file,
32297 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
32299 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
32301 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
32302 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
32303 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
32304 if the variable is non-nil.")
32306 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
32308 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
32311 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
32313 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
32314 Command used to run TeX subjob.
32315 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32316 See the documentation of that variable.")
32318 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32320 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
32321 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
32322 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32323 See the documentation of that variable.")
32325 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32327 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
32328 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
32329 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32330 See the documentation of that variable.")
32332 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32334 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
32335 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
32336 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
32337 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
32338 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32340 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
32343 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
32344 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
32345 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32347 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
32349 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
32350 User defined LaTeX block names.
32351 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
32353 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
32355 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
32356 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
32357 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32358 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32360 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
32362 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32364 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32365 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32367 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32369 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32371 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32372 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
32374 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
32375 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
32376 for example,
32378 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32382 use.")
32384 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32386 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
32388 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
32389 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32390 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
32392 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
32394 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
32396 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
32400 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
32402 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
32403 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
32404 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
32405 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
32406 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
32408 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
32410 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32413 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
32415 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32418 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
32420 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32421 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
32422 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
32423 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
32424 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
32425 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
32426 says which mode to use.
32428 \(fn)" t nil)
32430 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
32432 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
32434 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
32436 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32437 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
32438 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32443 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
32451 mismatched $'s or braces.
32453 Special commands:
32456 Mode variables:
32457 tex-run-command
32459 tex-directory
32460 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
32462 tex-dvi-print-command
32464 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32466 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32467 tex-dvi-view-command
32469 tex-show-queue-command
32473 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32474 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
32475 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32477 \(fn)" t nil)
32479 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32480 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
32481 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32494 mismatched $'s or braces.
32496 Special commands:
32499 Mode variables:
32500 latex-run-command
32502 tex-directory
32503 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
32505 tex-dvi-print-command
32507 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32509 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32510 tex-dvi-view-command
32512 tex-show-queue-command
32516 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
32517 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
32518 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32520 \(fn)" t nil)
32522 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32523 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
32524 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32537 mismatched $'s or braces.
32539 Special commands:
32542 Mode variables:
32543 slitex-run-command
32545 tex-directory
32546 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
32548 tex-dvi-print-command
32550 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32552 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32553 tex-dvi-view-command
32555 tex-show-queue-command
32559 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32560 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
32561 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
32562 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32564 \(fn)" t nil)
32566 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
32569 \(fn)" nil nil)
32571 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32572 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
32574 \(fn)" t nil)
32576 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("tex-" "doctex-font-lock-" "latex-" "plain-tex-mode-map")))
32578 ;;;***
32579 \f
32580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32581 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
32583 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
32584 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
32585 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32586 name specified in the @setfilename command.
32588 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
32589 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
32590 `Info-split' to do these manually.
32592 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32594 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
32595 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
32596 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
32598 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
32600 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
32602 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
32603 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
32604 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32605 names specified in the @setfilename command.
32607 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
32608 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
32609 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
32610 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
32612 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
32613 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
32615 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32617 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("batch-texinfo-format" "texinf")))
32619 ;;;***
32620 \f
32621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32622 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
32624 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32627 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
32629 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32632 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
32634 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
32635 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
32637 It has these extra commands:
32640 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
32642 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
32643 modified version of TeX input format.
32645 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
32646 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
32647 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
32651 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
32652 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
32653 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
32654 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
32656 in the Texinfo file.
32658 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
32659 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
32660 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
32662 move forward past the closing brace.
32664 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
32665 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
32667 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
32668 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
32669 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
32671 Here are the functions:
32675 texinfo-sequential-node-update
32679 texinfo-master-menu
32681 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
32683 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
32684 which menu descriptions are indented.
32686 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
32687 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
32688 in the region.
32690 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
32691 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
32692 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
32693 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
32695 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
32696 be the first node in the file.
32698 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
32699 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
32701 \(fn)" t nil)
32703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
32705 ;;;***
32706 \f
32707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
32708 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32709 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
32711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
32713 ;;;***
32714 \f
32715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
32716 ;;;;;; 0))
32717 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
32719 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
32720 Compose Thai characters in the region.
32721 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32722 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
32724 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32726 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
32727 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
32729 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
32731 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
32732 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
32734 \(fn)" t nil)
32736 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
32739 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
32741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal" "thai-")))
32743 ;;;***
32744 \f
32745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
32746 ;;;;;; 0))
32747 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
32749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
32751 ;;;***
32752 \f
32753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32754 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
32756 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
32757 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
32758 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32759 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32760 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32761 `line', and `page'.
32763 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
32765 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32766 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
32767 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32768 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32769 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32770 `line', and `page'.
32772 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
32773 valid THING.
32775 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
32776 positions of the thing found.
32778 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
32780 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32781 Return the THING at point.
32782 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32783 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32784 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32785 `line', `number', and `page'.
32787 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
32788 strip text properties from the return value.
32790 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
32791 a symbol as a valid THING.
32793 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
32795 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32796 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
32798 \(fn)" nil nil)
32800 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32801 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
32803 \(fn)" nil nil)
32805 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32806 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
32808 \(fn)" nil nil)
32810 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32811 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
32813 \(fn)" nil nil)
32815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("form-at-point" "thing-at-point-" "sentence-at-point" "word-at-point" "in-string-p" "end-of-thing" "beginning-of-thing")))
32817 ;;;***
32818 \f
32819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
32820 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
32822 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
32823 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
32825 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
32827 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
32828 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
32829 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
32830 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
32832 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
32834 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
32835 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
32837 \(fn)" t nil)
32839 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
32840 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
32842 \(fn)" t nil)
32844 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
32846 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
32847 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
32849 \(fn)" t nil)
32851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
32853 ;;;***
32854 \f
32855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32856 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
32857 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-")))
32861 ;;;***
32862 \f
32863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
32864 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32865 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
32867 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
32868 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
32869 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
32871 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
32873 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
32874 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
32876 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32878 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
32879 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
32880 The returned string has no composition information.
32882 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32884 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
32885 Compose Tibetan string STR.
32887 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32889 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
32890 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
32892 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32894 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
32895 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
32896 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
32897 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
32899 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32901 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
32902 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
32903 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
32904 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
32906 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32908 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
32909 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
32910 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
32912 \(fn)" t nil)
32914 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
32915 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
32916 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
32918 \(fn)" t nil)
32920 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
32923 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32925 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
32928 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32930 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
32933 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-")))
32937 ;;;***
32938 \f
32939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
32940 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
32941 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32943 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
32944 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
32945 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
32946 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
32947 parameters.
32948 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
32949 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
32950 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
32952 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
32954 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
32955 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
32956 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
32957 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
32958 parameters.
32959 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
32960 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
32961 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
32963 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
32965 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
32966 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
32968 If
32969 * character before point is a space character,
32971 constituent),
32972 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
32973 characters) from before the space character, and
32974 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
32975 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
32976 return t.
32978 Otherwise, if
32979 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
32980 * character before point is a space character, and
32981 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
32982 `tildify-space-string' variable,
32983 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
32985 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
32987 \(fn)" t nil)
32989 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
32990 Adds electric behavior to space character.
32992 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
32993 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
32994 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
32995 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
32997 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
32998 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
32999 variable will be set to the representation.
33001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-")))
33005 ;;;***
33006 \f
33007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
33008 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
33010 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
33013 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
33014 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
33016 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
33017 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33018 This display updates automatically every minute.
33019 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
33020 are displayed as well.
33021 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33023 \(fn)" t nil)
33025 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33026 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
33027 See the `display-time-mode' command
33028 for a description of this minor mode.
33029 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33030 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33031 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
33033 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
33035 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
33036 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33037 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
33038 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33039 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
33041 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
33042 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
33043 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
33044 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
33045 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33049 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
33050 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
33051 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
33052 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
33054 \(fn)" t nil)
33056 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
33057 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
33058 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
33061 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
33063 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
33064 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
33066 \(fn)" t nil)
33068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "legacy-style-world-list" "zoneinfo-style-world-list")))
33070 ;;;***
33071 \f
33072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
33073 ;;;;;; 0))
33074 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
33076 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
33077 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33078 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
33080 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33082 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
33084 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
33085 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
33087 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
33089 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
33090 Convert DAYS into a time value.
33092 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
33094 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
33095 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
33096 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
33098 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33100 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "25.2")
33102 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
33103 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
33104 DATE should be a date-time string.
33106 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33108 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
33109 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
33110 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
33112 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
33114 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
33115 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
33117 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
33119 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
33120 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
33122 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33124 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
33125 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
33126 TIME should be a time value.
33127 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
33129 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33131 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
33132 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33133 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
33135 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33137 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
33138 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
33139 The valid format specifiers are:
33140 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
33141 %d is the number of days.
33142 %h is the number of hours.
33143 %m is the number of minutes.
33144 %s is the number of seconds.
33145 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
33149 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
33157 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
33159 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
33161 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
33163 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
33164 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
33166 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
33168 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("seconds-to-string" "time-" "encode-time-value" "with-decoded-time-value")))
33170 ;;;***
33171 \f
33172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33173 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
33174 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33175 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
33176 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33177 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33178 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33179 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
33180 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33181 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33183 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
33184 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
33185 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
33186 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
33188 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
33189 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
33190 look like one of the following:
33191 Time-stamp: <>
33193 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
33194 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
33195 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
33196 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
33197 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
33198 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
33199 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
33200 the template.
33202 \(fn)" t nil)
33204 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
33206 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
33208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33210 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-")))
33212 ;;;***
33213 \f
33214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
33215 ;;;;;; 0))
33216 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
33217 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33219 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
33220 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
33221 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
33222 for a description of this minor mode.
33223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33224 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33225 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
33227 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
33229 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
33230 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
33231 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
33232 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
33233 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
33234 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
33235 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
33236 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
33237 display (non-nil means on).
33239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33241 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
33242 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33243 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
33244 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
33245 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
33246 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
33247 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
33248 this function is called within a day.
33250 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
33251 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
33252 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
33253 discover the name of the project.
33255 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
33257 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
33258 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33259 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
33260 begun during the last time segment.
33262 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
33263 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
33264 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
33265 discover the reason.
33267 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
33269 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
33270 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
33271 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
33272 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
33273 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
33275 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33277 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
33278 Change to working on a different project.
33279 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
33280 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
33281 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
33282 working on.
33284 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
33286 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
33287 Ask the user whether to clock out.
33288 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
33290 \(fn)" nil nil)
33292 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
33293 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
33294 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
33296 \(fn)" t nil)
33298 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
33299 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
33300 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
33301 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
33302 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
33305 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33307 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
33308 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
33309 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
33310 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
33312 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
33314 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
33315 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
33316 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
33317 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
33318 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
33319 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
33321 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
33325 ;;;***
33326 \f
33327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
33328 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
33329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
33331 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
33332 List all timers in a buffer.
33334 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
33335 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
33337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-")))
33339 ;;;***
33340 \f
33341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
33342 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
33344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
33346 ;;;***
33347 \f
33348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
33349 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33350 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
33352 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33353 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
33354 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
33355 the generated Quail package is saved.
33357 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
33359 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33360 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
33361 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
33362 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
33367 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
33369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("batch-miscdic-convert" "miscdic-convert" "ctlau-" "ziranma-converter" "py-converter" "quail-" "quick-" "tit-" "tsang-")))
33371 ;;;***
33372 \f
33373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tls" "net/tls.el" (0 0 0 0))
33374 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tls.el
33376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tls" '("open-tls-stream" "tls-")))
33378 ;;;***
33379 \f
33380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
33381 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
33382 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
33383 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
33385 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
33386 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33387 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33388 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
33389 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
33392 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
33393 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
33395 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
33397 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
33398 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33399 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
33400 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
33401 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33403 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
33405 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
33406 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
33407 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
33408 in the menu in two ways:
33409 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
33410 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
33411 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
33413 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
33414 keymap or an alist of alists.
33415 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
33416 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
33418 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
33420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-")))
33422 ;;;***
33423 \f
33424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
33425 ;;;;;; 0))
33426 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
33428 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
33429 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
33431 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
33432 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
33433 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
33434 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
33435 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
33436 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
33437 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
33438 file was last visited.
33440 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
33441 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
33442 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
33443 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
33444 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
33445 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
33446 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
33447 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
33448 for the first item.
33450 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
33451 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
33452 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
33453 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
33454 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
33455 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
33456 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
33457 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
33459 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
33460 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
33462 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
33463 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
33465 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
33467 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
33468 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
33472 \(fn)" t nil)
33474 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
33475 Major mode for archived todo categories.
33479 \(fn)" t nil)
33481 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
33482 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
33486 \(fn)" t nil)
33488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-")))
33490 ;;;***
33491 \f
33492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
33493 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
33495 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
33496 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
33497 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
33499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33501 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
33502 Add an item to the tool bar.
33503 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33504 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33505 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33506 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33508 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33509 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33510 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33511 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33513 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33514 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
33516 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33518 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
33519 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
33520 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33521 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33522 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33523 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33525 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33526 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33527 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33528 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33530 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33532 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33533 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
33534 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
33535 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33536 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33537 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33538 properties to add to the binding.
33540 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
33542 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33543 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
33545 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33547 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33548 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
33549 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
33550 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33551 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33552 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33553 properties to add to the binding.
33555 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
33556 holds a keymap.
33558 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-")))
33562 ;;;***
33563 \f
33564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
33565 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
33567 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
33569 ;;;***
33570 \f
33571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
33572 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
33574 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
33575 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
33576 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
33577 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
33578 to a tcp server on another machine.
33580 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
33582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
33584 ;;;***
33585 \f
33586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
33587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
33589 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
33590 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
33592 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
33594 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
33595 Helper function to get internal values.
33596 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
33598 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
33600 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
33601 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
33602 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
33603 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
33605 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
33606 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
33607 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
33608 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
33609 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
33611 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
33612 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
33613 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
33614 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
33616 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
33618 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33620 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
33621 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
33622 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
33623 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
33625 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33627 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
33629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("untrace-" "trace-" "inhibit-trace")))
33631 ;;;***
33632 \f
33633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33634 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
33636 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
33637 Whether Tramp is enabled.
33638 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
33640 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
33642 (defvar tramp-syntax 'ftp "\
33643 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
33645 It can have the following values:
33647 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
33648 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally.")
33650 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
33652 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
33653 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33654 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33656 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33659 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33660 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33662 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33663 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
33664 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
33665 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
33666 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
33667 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
33668 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
33669 files which are not really Tramp files.
33671 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33672 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33673 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33674 updated after changing this variable.
33676 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33678 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
33679 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33680 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33682 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33685 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33686 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33688 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33689 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
33690 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
33692 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33693 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33694 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33695 updated after changing this variable.
33697 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33699 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
33700 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
33701 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
33702 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
33703 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args)
33704 (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))
33706 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
33707 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
33709 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
33710 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
33712 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
33714 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
33715 Unload Tramp file name handlers from `file-name-handler-alist'.
33717 \(fn)" nil nil)
33719 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
33720 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.
33722 This is necessary, because Tramp uses a heuristic depending on last
33723 input event. This fails when external packages use other characters
33725 should never be set globally, the intention is to let-bind it.")
33727 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
33728 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
33730 \(fn)" t nil)
33732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("tramp-" "with-")))
33734 ;;;***
33735 \f
33736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33737 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
33739 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-")))
33741 ;;;***
33742 \f
33743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
33744 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
33746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
33748 ;;;***
33749 \f
33750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
33751 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
33753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
33755 ;;;***
33756 \f
33757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
33758 ;;;;;; 0))
33759 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
33761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-compat-")))
33763 ;;;***
33764 \f
33765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33766 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
33768 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
33769 Reenable Ange-FTP, when Tramp is unloaded.
33771 \(fn)" nil nil)
33773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-")))
33775 ;;;***
33776 \f
33777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33778 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
33780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("tramp-" "with-tramp-dbus-call-method")))
33782 ;;;***
33783 \f
33784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gw" "net/tramp-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
33785 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gw.el
33787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gw" '("tramp-gw-" "socks-")))
33789 ;;;***
33790 \f
33791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
33792 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
33794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
33796 ;;;***
33797 \f
33798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33799 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
33801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
33803 ;;;***
33804 \f
33805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
33806 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
33808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu")))
33810 ;;;***
33811 \f
33812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
33813 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
33814 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 1 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
33816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-")))
33818 ;;;***
33819 \f
33820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
33821 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
33823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-")))
33825 ;;;***
33826 \f
33827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
33828 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
33830 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
33831 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
33832 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
33833 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
33834 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
33835 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
33836 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
33837 any question when restarting the tutorial.
33839 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
33840 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
33841 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
33843 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
33844 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
33845 resumed later.
33847 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
33849 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("get-lang-string" "lang-strings" "tutorial--")))
33851 ;;;***
33852 \f
33853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
33854 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
33856 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
33859 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
33861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-")))
33863 ;;;***
33864 \f
33865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
33866 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33867 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
33868 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
33869 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
33870 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
33872 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
33873 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
33876 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
33877 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
33878 first and the associated buffer to its right.
33880 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
33882 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
33883 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
33884 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
33885 accepting the proposed default buffer.
33889 \(fn)" t nil)
33891 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
33892 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
33893 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
33894 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
33895 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
33896 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
33897 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
33899 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
33900 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
33902 First column's text sSs Second column's text
33909 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
33911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
33913 ;;;***
33914 \f
33915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
33916 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
33918 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
33919 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
33920 See the `type-break-mode' command
33921 for a description of this minor mode.
33922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33924 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
33926 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
33928 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
33929 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
33930 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
33932 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
33933 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
33934 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
33935 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
33936 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
33937 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
33938 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
33940 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
33941 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
33943 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
33944 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
33945 reset the keystroke counter.
33947 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
33948 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
33949 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
33950 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
33952 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
33953 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
33954 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
33955 `type-break-schedule' command.
33957 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
33958 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
33959 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
33960 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
33961 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
33962 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
33963 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
33964 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
33965 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
33967 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
33968 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
33969 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
33970 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
33971 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
33973 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
33974 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
33975 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
33976 approximate good values for this.
33978 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
33979 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
33981 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
33982 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
33983 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
33984 `type-break-warning-repeat'
33985 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
33986 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
33988 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
33989 a typing break occur. They include:
33991 `type-break-query-mode'
33992 `type-break-query-function'
33993 `type-break-query-interval'
33995 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
33997 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
33998 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
33999 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
34000 problems.
34002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34004 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
34005 Take a typing break.
34007 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
34008 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
34010 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
34011 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
34013 \(fn)" t nil)
34015 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34016 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34017 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34018 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34020 \(fn)" t nil)
34022 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34023 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34025 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34026 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34027 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34028 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34029 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34030 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34031 average typing speed.)
34033 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34034 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
34035 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
34036 the computed maximum threshold.
34038 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
34039 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
34040 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
34041 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
34042 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
34044 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
34046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("timep" "type-break-")))
34048 ;;;***
34049 \f
34050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
34051 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
34053 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
34054 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
34055 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
34056 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
34057 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
34059 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
34061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
34063 ;;;***
34064 \f
34065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
34066 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34067 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
34069 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34070 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
34072 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34074 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34075 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
34077 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34079 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34080 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
34082 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34084 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34085 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
34087 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34089 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34090 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
34092 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34094 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34095 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
34097 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34099 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34100 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
34102 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34104 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34105 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
34107 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34109 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34110 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34112 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34114 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34115 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34117 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34119 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34120 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34122 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34124 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34125 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34127 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
34131 ;;;***
34132 \f
34133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
34134 ;;;;;; 0))
34135 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
34137 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
34138 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
34139 Works by overstriking underscores.
34140 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34141 which specify the range to operate on.
34143 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34145 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
34146 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
34147 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34148 which specify the range to operate on.
34150 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34152 ;;;***
34153 \f
34154 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
34155 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34156 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
34158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-")))
34160 ;;;***
34161 \f
34162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
34163 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
34165 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
34166 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
34167 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
34168 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
34169 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
34170 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
34172 \(fn)" nil nil)
34174 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
34175 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
34176 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
34178 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
34180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
34182 ;;;***
34183 \f
34184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
34185 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
34187 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
34188 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
34189 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
34190 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
34192 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
34194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("unsafep-" "safe-functions")))
34196 ;;;***
34197 \f
34198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
34199 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
34201 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
34202 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34203 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
34204 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
34205 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
34207 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
34208 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
34209 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
34210 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
34211 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
34212 occurred. Each pair is one of:
34214 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
34215 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
34216 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
34218 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
34219 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
34220 the callback is not called).
34222 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
34223 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
34224 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
34225 take effect.
34227 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
34228 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
34229 the server.
34230 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
34231 URL-encoded before it's used.
34233 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34235 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
34236 Retrieve URL synchronously.
34237 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
34238 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
34239 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
34241 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
34242 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
34243 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
34244 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
34246 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
34248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
34250 ;;;***
34251 \f
34252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
34253 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
34255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-")))
34257 ;;;***
34258 \f
34259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
34260 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
34262 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
34263 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
34264 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
34266 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
34267 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
34268 `url-generic-parse-url'
34269 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
34270 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
34271 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
34272 realm
34273 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
34274 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
34275 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
34276 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
34277 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
34278 what type of auth to use
34279 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
34280 if one cannot be found in the cache
34282 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
34284 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
34285 Register an HTTP authentication method.
34287 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
34288 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
34289 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
34290 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
34291 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
34292 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
34293 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
34294 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
34296 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
34298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-")))
34300 ;;;***
34301 \f
34302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34303 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
34305 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
34306 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
34308 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
34310 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
34311 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
34312 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
34314 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34316 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
34317 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
34319 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
34321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-")))
34323 ;;;***
34324 \f
34325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
34326 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
34328 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
34331 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
34335 ;;;***
34336 \f
34337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
34338 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
34340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie")))
34342 ;;;***
34343 \f
34344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
34345 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
34347 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
34348 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
34349 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
34351 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34353 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
34354 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
34355 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
34356 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
34358 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
34359 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
34360 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
34361 though.
34363 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
34365 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
34366 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
34367 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
34369 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
34371 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
34374 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-")))
34378 ;;;***
34379 \f
34380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
34381 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
34383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-")))
34385 ;;;***
34386 \f
34387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
34388 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
34390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-")))
34392 ;;;***
34393 \f
34394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
34395 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
34397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-")))
34399 ;;;***
34400 \f
34401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
34402 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
34404 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
34405 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
34407 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
34409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
34411 ;;;***
34412 \f
34413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34414 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
34416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp")))
34418 ;;;***
34419 \f
34420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
34421 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
34423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
34425 ;;;***
34426 \f
34427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
34428 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
34430 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
34431 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
34433 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
34435 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
34436 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
34437 Args per `open-network-stream'.
34438 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
34439 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
34441 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
34442 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
34444 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
34446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-")))
34448 ;;;***
34449 \f
34450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
34451 ;;;;;; 0))
34452 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
34454 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
34455 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
34456 See the `url-handler-mode' command
34457 for a description of this minor mode.
34458 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34459 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34460 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
34462 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
34464 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
34465 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
34466 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
34467 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
34468 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
34470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34472 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
34473 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34474 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
34475 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
34477 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34479 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
34480 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
34481 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
34482 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
34483 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
34484 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
34485 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
34486 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
34487 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
34488 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
34490 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
34492 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
34493 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
34494 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
34495 accessible.
34497 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
34499 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
34500 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
34501 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
34502 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
34504 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34506 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
34509 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34511 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-")))
34513 ;;;***
34514 \f
34515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
34516 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
34518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-")))
34520 ;;;***
34521 \f
34522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
34523 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
34524 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
34526 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
34527 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
34528 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
34529 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
34530 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
34532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-h")))
34534 ;;;***
34535 \f
34536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34537 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
34539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap")))
34541 ;;;***
34542 \f
34543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34544 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
34546 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
34549 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-")))
34553 ;;;***
34554 \f
34555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34556 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
34558 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
34559 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
34560 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
34561 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
34562 `url-generic-parse-url'.
34564 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
34568 ;;;***
34569 \f
34570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
34571 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
34573 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
34576 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
34578 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
34579 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
34581 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
34585 ;;;***
34586 \f
34587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
34588 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
34590 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-")))
34592 ;;;***
34593 \f
34594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34595 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
34597 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
34598 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
34600 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34602 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
34603 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
34605 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34607 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
34610 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34612 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34614 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34616 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34618 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
34619 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
34621 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34623 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
34625 ;;;***
34626 \f
34627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
34628 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
34630 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
34633 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34635 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
34638 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-")))
34642 ;;;***
34643 \f
34644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34645 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
34647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs")))
34649 ;;;***
34650 \f
34651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
34652 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
34654 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
34657 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34659 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
34662 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
34664 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
34667 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34669 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
34672 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34674 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
34677 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
34679 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
34682 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
34684 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
34687 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
34689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-")))
34691 ;;;***
34692 \f
34693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
34694 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
34696 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
34697 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
34699 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
34701 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
34702 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
34703 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
34705 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
34706 USER is the user name (string or nil).
34707 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
34708 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
34709 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
34710 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
34711 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
34712 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
34713 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
34714 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
34715 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
34716 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
34717 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
34720 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
34721 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
34722 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
34724 Here is an example. The URL
34726 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
34728 parses to
34734 PORTSPEC = 42
34737 ATTRIBUTES = nil
34738 FULLNESS = t
34740 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34742 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
34744 ;;;***
34745 \f
34746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34747 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
34749 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
34750 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
34752 \(fn)" t nil)
34754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
34756 ;;;***
34757 \f
34758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34759 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
34761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-")))
34763 ;;;***
34764 \f
34765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
34766 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
34768 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
34769 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34770 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
34771 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
34772 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
34773 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
34775 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue")))
34779 ;;;***
34780 \f
34781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34782 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
34784 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
34785 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
34786 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
34788 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
34790 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
34791 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34792 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
34793 would have been passed to OPERATION.
34795 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-")))
34799 ;;;***
34800 \f
34801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34802 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
34804 (defvar url-debug nil "\
34805 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
34806 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
34808 If t, all messages will be logged.
34809 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
34810 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
34812 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
34814 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
34817 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34819 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
34822 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
34824 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
34825 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
34827 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
34828 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
34829 & ==> &
34830 < ==> <
34831 > ==> >
34834 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
34836 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
34838 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
34840 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34842 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
34843 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
34844 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
34846 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34848 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
34849 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
34851 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
34853 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
34854 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
34856 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34858 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
34859 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
34861 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34863 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
34866 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34868 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
34871 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
34873 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
34875 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
34876 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
34878 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
34880 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
34881 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
34883 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
34885 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
34888 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
34890 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
34891 Build a query-string.
34893 Given a QUERY in the form:
34894 ((key1 val1)
34895 (key2 val2)
34896 (key3 val1 val2)
34897 (key4)
34900 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
34902 This will return a string
34904 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
34905 be used.
34912 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
34914 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
34915 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
34916 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
34917 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
34918 forbidden in URL encoding.
34920 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
34922 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
34923 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
34924 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
34925 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
34926 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
34929 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
34930 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
34931 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
34932 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
34934 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
34936 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
34937 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
34938 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
34939 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
34940 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
34941 should return it unchanged.
34943 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34945 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
34946 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
34947 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
34948 of the file with the extension stripped off.
34950 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
34952 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
34953 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
34954 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
34956 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
34958 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
34959 View the current document's URL.
34960 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
34961 the minibuffer.
34963 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
34965 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
34967 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-")))
34969 ;;;***
34970 \f
34971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
34972 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
34974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
34976 ;;;***
34977 \f
34978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
34979 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
34981 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
34982 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
34983 This function has a choice of three things to do:
34985 to refrain from editing the file
34986 return t (grab the lock on the file)
34987 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
34988 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
34989 in any way you like.
34991 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
34993 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
34994 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
34995 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
34997 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
34999 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
35000 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
35002 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-" "file-")))
35006 ;;;***
35007 \f
35008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35009 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
35011 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35014 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35016 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35019 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35021 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35024 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35026 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35029 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-")))
35033 ;;;***
35034 \f
35035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35036 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
35038 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
35039 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
35041 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
35043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
35045 ;;;***
35046 \f
35047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
35048 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
35050 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
35051 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
35052 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
35053 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
35055 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35057 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
35058 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
35059 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35061 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35063 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
35064 Uudecode region between START and END.
35065 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35067 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
35069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
35071 ;;;***
35072 \f
35073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35074 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
35076 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
35077 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
35078 See `run-hooks'.")
35080 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
35082 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
35083 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
35084 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
35086 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35088 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
35089 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
35090 See `run-hooks'.")
35092 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35094 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
35095 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
35097 If FILE is already registered, return the
35098 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
35099 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
35100 responsible for FILE is returned.
35102 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35104 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
35105 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
35106 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
35107 same state. If not, signal an error.
35109 For merging-based version control systems:
35110 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
35111 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
35112 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
35113 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
35114 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
35115 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
35117 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
35118 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
35119 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
35120 the file(s) for editing.
35121 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
35122 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
35123 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
35124 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
35125 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
35127 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
35129 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
35130 Register into a version control system.
35131 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
35132 Otherwise register the current file.
35133 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
35135 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
35136 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
35137 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
35138 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
35139 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
35140 first backend that could register the file is used.
35142 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
35144 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
35145 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
35147 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35149 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
35150 Display diffs between file revisions.
35151 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35152 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35153 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35155 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35156 saving the buffer.
35158 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35160 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
35161 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
35162 repository history using ediff.
35164 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35166 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
35167 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
35168 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35169 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35170 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35172 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35173 saving the buffer.
35175 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35177 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
35178 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
35179 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
35180 fileset with the working revision.
35181 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
35182 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35184 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35185 saving the buffer.
35187 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35189 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
35190 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
35191 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
35193 \(fn)" nil nil)
35195 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
35196 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
35197 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
35198 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
35200 \(fn REV)" t nil)
35202 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
35203 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
35204 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
35205 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
35207 \(fn)" t nil)
35209 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
35210 Perform a version control merge operation.
35211 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35213 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
35214 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
35216 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
35217 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
35218 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
35219 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
35220 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
35221 changes from the current branch.
35223 \(fn)" t nil)
35225 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
35226 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
35228 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
35230 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
35232 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
35233 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
35234 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
35235 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
35236 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
35237 checked out in that new branch.
35239 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
35241 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
35242 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
35243 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
35244 named branch in the directory DIR.
35245 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
35246 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
35247 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
35248 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
35249 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
35250 allowed and simply skipped).
35252 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
35254 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
35255 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
35256 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
35257 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35258 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35260 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
35261 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
35263 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
35265 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
35266 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
35267 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35268 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35269 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
35271 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
35273 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
35274 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
35275 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35277 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35279 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
35280 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
35281 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35283 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35285 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
35286 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
35288 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35290 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
35291 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
35292 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
35293 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
35295 \(fn)" t nil)
35297 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
35299 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
35300 Update the current fileset or branch.
35301 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35303 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
35304 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
35305 command to run.
35307 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
35308 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
35309 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
35310 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
35311 tip revision are merged into the working file.
35313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35315 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
35317 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
35318 Push the current branch.
35319 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35321 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
35322 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
35323 VCS command to run.
35325 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
35326 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
35328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35330 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
35331 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
35332 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
35333 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
35334 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
35335 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
35336 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
35338 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
35340 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
35341 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
35342 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
35343 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
35344 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
35345 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
35346 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
35347 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
35348 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
35350 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
35352 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
35353 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
35354 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
35355 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35357 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
35359 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
35360 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
35361 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
35362 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35364 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
35366 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
35367 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
35368 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
35369 directory.
35371 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
35373 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
35374 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
35375 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
35377 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
35378 log entries should be gathered.
35380 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35382 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
35383 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
35385 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
35387 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "with-vc-properties")))
35389 ;;;***
35390 \f
35391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
35392 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
35394 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
35395 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
35397 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
35398 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
35399 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
35400 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
35401 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
35402 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35404 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
35405 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
35406 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
35407 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
35408 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
35409 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
35410 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
35411 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35413 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
35415 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
35417 Customization variables:
35419 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
35420 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
35421 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
35422 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
35423 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
35424 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
35426 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
35428 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-")))
35430 ;;;***
35431 \f
35432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
35433 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
35435 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
35436 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
35438 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
35439 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
35440 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
35441 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
35442 (progn
35443 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
35444 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
35446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-")))
35448 ;;;***
35449 \f
35450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35451 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
35452 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
35453 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
35454 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
35455 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
35456 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
35457 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
35459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
35461 ;;;***
35462 \f
35463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
35464 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
35466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
35468 ;;;***
35469 \f
35470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
35471 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
35473 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
35475 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
35476 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
35477 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
35479 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
35480 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
35481 The file lines appear later.
35483 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
35484 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
35486 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
35490 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
35492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-")))
35494 ;;;***
35495 \f
35496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
35497 ;;;;;; 0 0))
35498 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
35500 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
35501 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
35502 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
35503 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
35504 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
35505 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
35506 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
35507 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
35508 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
35509 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
35510 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
35511 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
35512 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
35513 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
35514 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
35516 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
35518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-")))
35520 ;;;***
35521 \f
35522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
35523 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
35525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-")))
35527 ;;;***
35528 \f
35529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
35530 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
35531 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
35532 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
35533 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
35534 (progn
35535 (load "vc-git" nil t)
35536 (vc-git-registered file))))
35538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-")))
35540 ;;;***
35541 \f
35542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
35543 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
35544 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
35545 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
35546 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
35547 (progn
35548 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
35549 (vc-hg-registered file))))
35551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-")))
35553 ;;;***
35554 \f
35555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35556 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
35558 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
35559 Name of the monotone directory.")
35561 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
35562 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
35563 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
35564 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
35565 (progn
35566 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
35567 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
35569 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
35571 ;;;***
35572 \f
35573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35574 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
35576 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
35577 Where to look for RCS master files.
35578 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35580 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
35582 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
35584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-r")))
35586 ;;;***
35587 \f
35588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35589 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
35591 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
35592 Where to look for SCCS master files.
35593 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35595 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
35597 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
35599 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
35600 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
35601 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
35602 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
35604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
35606 ;;;***
35607 \f
35608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
35609 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
35611 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
35612 Where to look for SRC master files.
35613 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35615 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
35617 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
35619 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
35621 ;;;***
35622 \f
35623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35624 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
35625 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
35626 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
35627 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
35628 "_svn")
35629 (t ".svn"))))
35630 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
35631 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
35632 (vc-svn-registered f))))
35634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
35636 ;;;***
35637 \f
35638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
35639 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
35641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
35643 ;;;***
35644 \f
35645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
35646 ;;;;;; 0))
35647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
35648 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
35651 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
35652 Major mode for editing Vera code.
35654 Usage:
35655 ------
35657 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
35658 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
35660 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
35662 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
35663 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
35664 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
35665 completions.
35667 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
35668 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
35670 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
35671 uncomments a region if already commented out.
35673 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
35674 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
35675 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
35677 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
35680 Maintenance:
35681 ------------
35683 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
35684 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
35686 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
35688 Official distribution is at
35689 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
35692 The Vera Mode Maintainer
35693 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
35695 Key bindings:
35696 -------------
35700 \(fn)" t nil)
35702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
35704 ;;;***
35705 \f
35706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
35707 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
35708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
35710 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
35711 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
35714 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
35718 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
35719 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
35721 Supports highlighting.
35723 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
35724 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
35726 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
35728 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
35729 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
35730 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
35731 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
35732 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
35733 on the left side of your screen.
35734 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
35735 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
35736 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
35737 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
35738 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
35739 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
35740 function keyword.
35741 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
35743 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
35744 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
35745 if (a)
35746 begin
35747 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
35748 Indentation for case statements.
35749 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
35750 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
35751 mark after an end.
35752 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
35753 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
35754 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
35755 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
35756 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
35757 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
35758 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
35759 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
35760 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
35761 if (a)
35762 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
35763 otherwise you get:
35764 if (a)
35765 begin
35766 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
35767 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
35768 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
35769 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
35770 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
35771 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
35772 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
35773 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
35774 comments in tight quarters.
35775 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
35776 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
35778 Variables controlling other actions:
35780 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
35781 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
35786 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
35792 Some other functions are:
35822 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35823 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35835 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
35838 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
35842 \(fn)" t nil)
35844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("vl-" "verilog-" "electric-verilog-")))
35846 ;;;***
35847 \f
35848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
35849 ;;;;;; 0))
35850 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
35852 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
35853 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
35855 Usage:
35856 ------
35858 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
35859 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
35860 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
35861 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
35862 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
35863 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
35864 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
35865 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
35866 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
35868 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
35869 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
35870 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
35871 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
35873 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
35874 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
35875 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
35876 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
35877 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
35879 Template styles can be customized in customization group
35880 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
35883 HEADER INSERTION:
35884 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
35885 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
35886 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
35889 STUTTERING:
35890 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
35891 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
35892 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
35893 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
35902 WORD COMPLETION:
35903 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
35904 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
35905 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
35906 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
35908 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
35909 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
35910 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
35914 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
35915 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
35916 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
35917 stop.
35920 COMMENTS:
35921 `--' puts a single comment.
35922 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
35923 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
35924 with a comment in between.
35925 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
35926 out following lines.
35927 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
35928 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
35929 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
35930 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
35932 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
35933 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
35934 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
35935 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
35936 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
35937 non-nil.
35939 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
35940 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
35941 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
35942 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
35943 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
35944 multi-line comments.
35947 INDENTATION:
35948 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
35949 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
35950 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
35951 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
35952 the entire region.
35954 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
35956 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
35957 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
35959 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
35961 tabs and vice versa.
35963 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
35964 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
35966 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
35967 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
35968 line.
35971 ALIGNMENT:
35972 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
35973 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
35974 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
35975 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
35976 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
35977 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
35978 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
35979 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
35981 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
35982 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
35983 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
35984 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
35985 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
35986 is non-nil.
35988 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
35989 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
35990 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
35992 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
35993 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
35996 CODE FILLING:
35997 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
35998 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
35999 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
36000 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
36001 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
36002 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
36005 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
36006 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
36007 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
36008 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
36009 command:
36011 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
36014 PORT TRANSLATION:
36015 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
36016 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
36017 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
36018 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
36019 internal signal initializations (menu).
36021 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
36022 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
36023 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
36025 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
36026 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
36027 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
36028 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
36029 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
36030 in subsequent paste operations.)
36032 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
36033 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
36034 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
36037 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
36038 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
36039 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
36040 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
36041 association list with formals).
36044 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
36045 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
36046 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
36047 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
36048 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
36049 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
36050 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
36051 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
36052 `vhdl-testbench'.
36055 KEY BINDINGS:
36056 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
36059 VHDL MENU:
36060 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
36063 FILE BROWSER:
36064 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
36065 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
36066 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
36068 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
36069 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
36072 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
36073 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
36074 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
36075 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
36077 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
36078 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
36079 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
36081 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
36082 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
36083 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
36086 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
36087 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
36088 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
36089 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
36090 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
36092 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
36093 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
36094 required by secondary units.
36097 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
36098 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
36099 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
36100 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
36101 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
36102 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
36103 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
36104 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
36105 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
36106 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
36107 inputs to this component -> input port created
36108 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
36109 outputs from this component -> output port created
36110 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
36111 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
36113 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
36114 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
36115 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
36116 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
36117 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
36119 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
36120 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
36122 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
36123 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
36124 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
36125 component instantiation is also supported (option
36126 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
36128 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
36129 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
36130 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
36131 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
36132 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
36133 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
36134 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
36135 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
36136 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
36137 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
36138 generating the configuration.
36140 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
36141 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
36142 configurations in speedbar.
36144 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
36147 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
36148 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
36149 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
36150 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
36151 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
36152 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
36153 information. New compilers can be added.
36155 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
36156 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
36159 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
36160 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
36161 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
36162 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
36163 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36165 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
36166 command:
36168 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
36169 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
36170 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
36174 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
36175 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
36176 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
36177 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
36178 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
36179 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
36180 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
36182 Limitations:
36183 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
36184 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
36185 not (yet) supported.
36186 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
36187 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
36191 PROJECTS:
36192 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
36193 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
36194 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
36195 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
36196 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
36197 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
36198 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
36199 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36201 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
36202 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
36203 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
36206 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
36207 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
36208 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
36209 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
36210 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
36211 `vhdl-project-alist'.
36214 SPECIAL MENUES:
36215 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
36216 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
36218 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
36219 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
36220 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
36221 current directory for VHDL source files.
36224 VHDL STANDARDS:
36225 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
36226 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
36229 KEYWORD CASE:
36230 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
36231 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
36232 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
36233 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
36234 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
36235 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
36236 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
36237 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
36240 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
36241 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
36242 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
36243 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
36244 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
36245 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
36246 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
36248 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
36249 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
36250 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
36251 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
36252 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
36253 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
36255 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
36256 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
36257 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
36258 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
36259 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
36260 visually.
36262 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
36263 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
36264 highlighted if written in lower case.
36267 highlighted using a different background color if option
36268 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
36270 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
36272 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
36273 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
36274 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
36277 USER MODELS:
36278 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
36279 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
36280 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
36283 HIDE/SHOW:
36284 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
36285 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
36286 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
36287 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
36288 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
36291 CODE UPDATING:
36292 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
36293 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
36294 Limitations:
36295 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
36296 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
36297 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
36298 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
36299 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
36300 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
36301 (used to obtain the port names).
36302 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
36303 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
36304 sensitivity lists.
36307 CODE FIXING:
36308 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
36309 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
36312 PRINTING:
36313 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
36314 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
36315 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
36316 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
36317 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
36318 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
36319 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
36320 printers.
36323 OPTIONS:
36324 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
36326 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
36327 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
36330 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
36333 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
36334 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
36335 INSTALL file).
36337 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
36341 FILE EXTENSIONS:
36343 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
36349 HINTS:
36350 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
36351 a VHDL file first, use the command:
36353 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
36355 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
36357 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
36360 RELEASE NOTES:
36361 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
36364 Maintenance:
36365 ------------
36368 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36370 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
36372 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
36373 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
36374 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
36375 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
36377 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
36378 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
36379 where the latest version can be found.
36382 Known problems:
36383 ---------------
36385 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
36386 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
36387 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
36388 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
36391 The VHDL Mode Authors
36392 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
36394 Key bindings:
36395 -------------
36399 \(fn)" t nil)
36401 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
36403 ;;;***
36404 \f
36405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
36406 ;;;;;; 0))
36407 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
36409 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
36410 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
36412 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
36414 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36415 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
36416 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36417 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36419 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36421 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36422 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
36424 \(fn)" t nil)
36426 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36427 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36428 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36429 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36431 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36433 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36434 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36436 \(fn)" t nil)
36438 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
36441 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
36443 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
36446 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
36448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viet-viqr-alist" "viqr-regexp")))
36450 ;;;***
36451 \f
36452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
36453 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
36455 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
36456 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
36457 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
36459 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
36461 (defvar view-mode nil "\
36462 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
36463 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
36464 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
36466 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
36468 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
36469 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
36471 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
36473 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
36474 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36475 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36476 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36477 moving around in the buffer.
36478 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36479 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36481 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36483 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36485 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
36486 View FILE in View mode in another window.
36487 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
36488 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
36490 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36491 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36492 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36493 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36494 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36496 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36498 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36500 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
36501 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
36502 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
36503 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
36504 buffer.
36506 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36507 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36508 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36509 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36510 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36512 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36514 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36516 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
36517 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36518 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36519 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36520 moving around in the buffer.
36521 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36522 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36524 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36526 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36527 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36528 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36530 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
36531 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
36532 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
36533 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
36535 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36536 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36537 own View-like bindings.
36539 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36541 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
36542 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
36543 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36544 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36545 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36546 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36547 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36549 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36551 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36553 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36554 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36555 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36557 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36558 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36559 own View-like bindings.
36561 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36563 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
36564 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
36565 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36566 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36567 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36568 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36569 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36571 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36573 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36575 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36576 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36577 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36579 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36580 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36581 own View-like bindings.
36583 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36585 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
36586 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
36587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
36588 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
36589 if ARG is omitted or nil.
36591 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
36592 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
36593 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
36594 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
36598 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
36600 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
36603 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
36604 to a repeat count of one.
36606 H, h, ? This message.
36607 Digits provide prefix arguments.
36610 > move to the end of buffer.
36613 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
36615 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
36616 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36617 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36620 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
36622 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
36623 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
36625 Use this to view a changing file.
36629 . set the mark.
36630 x exchanges point and mark.
36632 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
36633 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
36636 s do forward incremental search.
36637 r do reverse incremental search.
36638 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
36639 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
36640 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
36641 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
36644 p searches backward for last regular expression.
36648 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
36649 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
36651 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
36656 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
36657 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
36666 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36670 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
36671 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
36672 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
36673 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
36674 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
36675 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
36676 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
36677 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
36678 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
36680 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
36682 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
36684 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
36685 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
36686 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
36687 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
36688 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
36689 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
36691 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
36692 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
36693 called by `view-mode-exit'.
36695 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36697 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36699 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
36701 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
36702 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
36704 \(fn)" t nil)
36706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("view-" "View-")))
36708 ;;;***
36709 \f
36710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
36711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
36712 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
36714 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
36715 Toggle Viper on/off.
36716 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
36718 \(fn)" t nil)
36720 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
36721 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
36723 \(fn)" t nil)
36725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("viper-" "set-viper-state-in-major-mode" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state")))
36727 ;;;***
36728 \f
36729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
36730 ;;;;;; 0))
36731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
36733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
36735 ;;;***
36736 \f
36737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
36738 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
36740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
36742 ;;;***
36743 \f
36744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
36745 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36746 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
36748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
36750 ;;;***
36751 \f
36752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
36753 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
36756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("viper-" "ex-read-filename-map")))
36758 ;;;***
36759 \f
36760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
36761 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
36764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("viper-" "ex-")))
36766 ;;;***
36767 \f
36768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
36769 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
36772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
36774 ;;;***
36775 \f
36776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
36777 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
36780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper")))
36782 ;;;***
36783 \f
36784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
36785 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
36787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
36789 ;;;***
36790 \f
36791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
36792 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
36794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-")))
36796 ;;;***
36797 \f
36798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
36799 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
36801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
36803 ;;;***
36804 \f
36805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
36806 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
36808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-")))
36810 ;;;***
36811 \f
36812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
36813 ;;;;;; 0))
36814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
36816 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
36817 Function to generate warning prefixes.
36818 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
36819 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
36820 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
36821 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
36822 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
36823 the beginning of the warning.")
36825 (defvar warning-series nil "\
36826 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
36827 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
36828 which is the start of the current series; it means that
36829 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
36830 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
36831 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
36832 also call that function before the next warning.")
36834 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
36835 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
36837 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
36838 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
36839 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
36840 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
36842 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
36843 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
36844 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36845 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36846 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
36847 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
36849 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36850 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36851 Default is :warning.
36853 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36854 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36855 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
36856 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
36857 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
36858 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36860 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
36861 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
36862 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
36864 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
36866 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
36867 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
36869 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
36871 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
36872 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
36874 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
36875 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
36877 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36878 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36879 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
36880 can be whatever you like.)
36882 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36883 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36885 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36886 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36887 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
36888 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
36889 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36891 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
36893 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
36894 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
36895 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
36896 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
36897 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
36899 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
36901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("warning-" "log-warning-minimum-level" "display-warning-minimum-level")))
36903 ;;;***
36904 \f
36905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
36906 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
36907 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
36909 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
36910 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
36912 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
36913 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
36915 directories to reflect your edits.
36917 See `wdired-mode'.
36919 \(fn)" t nil)
36921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
36923 ;;;***
36924 \f
36925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
36926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
36928 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
36929 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
36931 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
36932 hotlist.
36934 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
36935 <nwv@acm.org>.
36937 \(fn)" t nil)
36939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
36941 ;;;***
36942 \f
36943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
36944 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36945 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
36946 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
36947 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
36949 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
36951 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
36952 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
36953 See the `which-function-mode' command
36954 for a description of this minor mode.
36955 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
36956 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
36957 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
36959 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
36961 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
36962 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
36963 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
36964 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
36965 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36967 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
36968 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
36969 in certain major modes.
36971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func")))
36975 ;;;***
36976 \f
36977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
36978 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
36979 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
36981 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
36982 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
36983 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
36984 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
36985 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36987 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
36988 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
36990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36992 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
36993 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
36994 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
36995 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
36996 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36998 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
36999 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
37000 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
37001 use `whitespace-mode'.
37003 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37007 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
37008 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
37009 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
37010 for a description of this minor mode.
37011 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37012 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37013 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
37015 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
37017 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37018 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
37019 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
37020 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
37021 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
37023 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37024 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37028 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
37029 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
37030 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
37031 for a description of this minor mode.
37032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37034 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
37036 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
37038 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37039 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
37040 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
37041 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
37042 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
37044 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
37045 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
37046 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
37047 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
37049 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37053 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37054 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
37056 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37057 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
37059 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37060 and restart local whitespace-mode.
37062 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
37064 CHAR MEANING
37065 (VIA FACES)
37066 f toggle face visualization
37067 t toggle TAB visualization
37068 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37069 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37072 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37073 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37074 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37075 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37076 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37077 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37078 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37079 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37080 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37081 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37082 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37083 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37085 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37086 T toggle TAB visualization
37087 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37088 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37090 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37091 ? display brief help
37093 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37094 The valid symbols are:
37096 face toggle face visualization
37097 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37098 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37099 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37102 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37103 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37104 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37105 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37106 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37107 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37108 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37109 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37110 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37111 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37112 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37113 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37115 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37116 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37117 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37119 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37121 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37123 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37125 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37126 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
37128 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37129 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
37131 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37132 and restart global whitespace-mode.
37134 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
37136 CHAR MEANING
37137 (VIA FACES)
37138 f toggle face visualization
37139 t toggle TAB visualization
37140 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37141 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37144 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37145 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37146 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37147 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37148 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37149 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37150 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37151 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37152 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37153 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37154 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37155 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37157 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37158 T toggle TAB visualization
37159 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37160 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37162 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37163 ? display brief help
37165 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37166 The valid symbols are:
37168 face toggle face visualization
37169 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37170 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37171 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37174 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37175 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37176 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37177 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37178 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37179 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37180 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37181 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37182 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37183 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37184 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37185 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37187 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37188 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37189 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37191 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37193 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37195 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37197 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
37198 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
37200 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
37201 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
37202 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
37204 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
37206 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
37208 The problems cleaned up are:
37210 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37211 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37212 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
37213 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
37215 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37216 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37217 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
37218 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37219 SPACEs.
37220 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37221 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37222 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37223 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37225 4. SPACEs before TAB.
37226 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37227 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37228 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37229 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37230 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37231 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37232 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37234 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37235 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37236 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37238 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37239 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37240 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37241 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37242 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37243 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37244 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37245 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37247 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37248 documentation.
37250 \(fn)" t nil)
37252 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
37253 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
37255 The problems cleaned up are:
37257 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37258 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37259 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
37260 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37261 SPACEs.
37262 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37263 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37264 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37265 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37267 2. SPACEs before TAB.
37268 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37269 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37270 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37271 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37272 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37273 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37274 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37276 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37277 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37278 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37280 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37281 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37282 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37283 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37284 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37285 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37286 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37287 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37289 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37290 documentation.
37292 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37294 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
37295 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
37297 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
37299 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37301 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
37302 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
37304 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
37305 non-nil.
37308 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
37309 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
37311 empty
37312 trailing
37313 indentation
37314 space-before-tab
37315 space-after-tab
37317 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
37318 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
37319 report problems.
37321 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
37323 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
37324 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37325 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37326 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37327 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37328 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37329 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37331 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
37332 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37333 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37334 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37335 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
37336 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37337 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37339 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
37340 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
37341 cleaning up these problems.
37343 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
37347 ;;;***
37348 \f
37349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37350 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
37352 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
37353 Browse the widget under point.
37355 \(fn POS)" t nil)
37357 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
37358 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
37360 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
37362 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
37363 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
37365 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
37367 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
37368 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
37369 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
37370 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
37371 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-")))
37377 ;;;***
37378 \f
37379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
37380 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
37382 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
37383 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
37385 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37387 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
37388 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
37389 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
37391 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
37393 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
37394 Create widget of TYPE.
37395 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
37397 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37399 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
37400 Delete WIDGET.
37402 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37404 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
37405 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
37407 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37409 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
37410 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
37411 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
37412 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
37414 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
37415 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
37417 \(fn)" nil nil)
37419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
37421 ;;;***
37422 \f
37423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
37424 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
37426 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
37427 Select the window to the left of the current one.
37428 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37430 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
37431 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37432 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37436 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
37437 Select the window above the current one.
37439 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
37440 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
37441 negative ARG) of the current window.
37442 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37446 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
37447 Select the window to the right of the current one.
37448 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37450 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
37451 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
37452 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37456 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
37457 Select the window below the current one.
37458 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37460 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
37461 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37462 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37466 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
37467 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
37468 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
37469 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
37471 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
37473 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
37475 ;;;***
37476 \f
37477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
37478 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
37480 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
37481 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
37482 See the `winner-mode' command
37483 for a description of this minor mode.
37484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37485 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37486 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
37488 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
37490 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
37491 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
37492 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
37493 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37494 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
37496 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
37497 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
37499 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
37500 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
37501 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
37503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
37507 ;;;***
37508 \f
37509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
37510 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
37511 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
37513 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
37514 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
37515 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
37517 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
37519 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
37521 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
37522 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
37523 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
37524 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
37525 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
37526 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
37527 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
37528 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
37530 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
37531 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
37533 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
37535 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
37536 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
37538 \(fn)" t nil)
37540 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
37541 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
37542 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
37543 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
37544 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
37545 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
37546 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
37547 `woman' command for further details.
37549 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
37551 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
37552 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
37554 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
37556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("woman" "WoMan-" "menu-bar-manuals-menu" "set-woman-file-regexp")))
37558 ;;;***
37559 \f
37560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
37561 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
37563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
37565 ;;;***
37566 \f
37567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
37568 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
37570 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
37571 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
37572 Return the top node with all its children.
37573 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
37575 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37576 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37577 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37581 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37582 namespace to URIs instead.
37584 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37585 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37587 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37589 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37591 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37593 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
37594 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
37595 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
37596 not contain well-formed XML.
37598 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
37599 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
37600 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
37601 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
37602 element of the list.
37603 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37604 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37605 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37609 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37610 namespace to URIs instead.
37612 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37613 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37615 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37617 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37619 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-")))
37623 ;;;***
37624 \f
37625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
37626 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
37628 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
37629 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
37630 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
37631 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
37632 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
37633 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
37634 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
37635 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
37636 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
37637 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
37639 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
37641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
37643 ;;;***
37644 \f
37645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
37646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
37648 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
37651 \(fn)" nil nil)
37653 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
37656 \(fn)" t nil)
37658 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
37659 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
37661 \(fn)" nil nil)
37663 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
37664 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
37665 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
37666 prompt for it.
37668 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
37669 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
37670 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
37671 buffer where the user can select from the list.
37673 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37675 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
37676 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
37678 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37680 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
37681 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
37683 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37685 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
37686 Find references to the identifier at point.
37687 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
37689 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37691 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
37692 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
37693 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
37695 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
37696 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
37697 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
37698 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
37699 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
37700 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
37701 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
37703 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
37704 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
37705 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
37706 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
37708 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
37710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref-")))
37712 ;;;***
37713 \f
37714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
37715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
37717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("xscheme-" "start-scheme" "scheme-" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "local-" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "run-scheme" "reset-scheme" "default-xscheme-runlight")))
37719 ;;;***
37720 \f
37721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
37722 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
37724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
37726 ;;;***
37727 \f
37728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37729 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
37731 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
37732 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
37733 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
37734 for a description of this minor mode.
37735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37736 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37737 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
37739 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
37741 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
37742 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
37743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
37744 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37745 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37747 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
37748 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
37749 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
37750 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
37751 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
37752 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
37754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("turn-o" "xt-mouse-epoch" "xterm-mouse-")))
37758 ;;;***
37759 \f
37760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
37761 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
37763 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
37764 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
37765 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
37766 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
37768 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
37770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
37772 ;;;***
37773 \f
37774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
37775 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
37777 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
37778 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
37780 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37782 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
37783 Extract file name from an yenc header.
37785 \(fn)" nil nil)
37787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-")))
37789 ;;;***
37790 \f
37791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
37792 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
37794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
37796 ;;;***
37797 \f
37798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
37799 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
37801 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
37802 Zone out, completely.
37804 \(fn)" t nil)
37806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
37808 ;;;***
37809 \f
37810 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
37811 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-loaddefs.el"
37812 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
37813 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el"
37814 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
37815 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
37816 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
37817 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
37818 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
37819 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
37820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
37821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
37822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
37823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
37824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
37825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
37826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
37827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
37828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
37829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
37830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
37831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
37832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
37833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el"
37834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
37835 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
37836 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
37837 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
37838 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
37839 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
37840 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el"
37841 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
37842 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
37843 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el"
37844 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
37845 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "composite.el"
37846 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-loaddefs.el"
37847 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
37848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
37849 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-preloaded.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
37850 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
37851 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
37852 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
37853 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
37854 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/timer.el"
37855 ;;;;;; "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
37856 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
37857 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
37858 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
37859 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
37860 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
37861 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el" "files.el"
37862 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "frame.el" "help.el"
37863 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "htmlfontify-loaddefs.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "ibuffer-loaddefs.el"
37864 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
37865 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/cp51932.el"
37866 ;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
37867 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
37868 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
37869 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
37870 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
37871 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
37872 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
37873 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
37874 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
37875 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "language/burmese.el"
37876 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
37877 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
37878 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
37879 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
37880 ;;;;;; "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
37881 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el"
37882 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai.el"
37883 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
37884 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
37885 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
37886 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
37887 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
37888 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
37889 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
37890 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
37891 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
37892 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el"
37893 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
37894 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/rmail-loaddefs.el"
37895 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
37896 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
37897 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "menu-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
37898 ;;;;;; "minibuffer.el" "mouse.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "newcomment.el"
37899 ;;;;;; "obarray.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-lob.el"
37900 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el"
37901 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-clock.el"
37902 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-feed.el"
37903 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
37904 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
37905 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-table.el"
37906 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
37907 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
37908 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
37909 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "progmodes/elisp-mode.el" "progmodes/prog-mode.el"
37910 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print-loaddefs.el" "register.el"
37911 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "startup.el"
37912 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/page.el"
37913 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
37914 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
37915 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-loaddefs.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
37916 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
37917 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "uniquify.el" "vc/ediff-hook.el"
37918 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-hooks.el" "version.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (0
37919 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
37921 ;;;***
37922 \f
37923 (provide 'loaddefs)
37924 ;; Local Variables:
37925 ;; version-control: never
37926 ;; no-byte-compile: t
37927 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
37928 ;; coding: utf-8
37929 ;; End:
37930 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here